WO2022004756A1 - Resin composition - Google Patents

Resin composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022004756A1
WO2022004756A1 PCT/JP2021/024644 JP2021024644W WO2022004756A1 WO 2022004756 A1 WO2022004756 A1 WO 2022004756A1 JP 2021024644 W JP2021024644 W JP 2021024644W WO 2022004756 A1 WO2022004756 A1 WO 2022004756A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
resin
curing agent
mass
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/024644
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
奈那 滑方
正和 中沢
嘉生 西村
Original Assignee
味の素株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 味の素株式会社 filed Critical 味の素株式会社
Priority to JP2022534065A priority Critical patent/JP7414143B2/en
Priority to CN202180042093.2A priority patent/CN115698188A/en
Publication of WO2022004756A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022004756A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/01Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients characterized by their specific function
    • C08K3/013Fillers, pigments or reinforcing additives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/01Hydrocarbons
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/04Oxygen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/10Esters; Ether-esters
    • C08K5/101Esters; Ether-esters of monocarboxylic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3412Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having one nitrogen atom in the ring
    • C08K5/3415Five-membered rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L101/00Compositions of unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L63/00Compositions of epoxy resins; Compositions of derivatives of epoxy resins
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K1/00Printed circuits
    • H05K1/02Details
    • H05K1/03Use of materials for the substrate
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/46Manufacturing multilayer circuits

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a resin composition. Further, the present invention relates to a resin sheet, a printed wiring board, and a semiconductor device obtained by using the resin composition.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a resin composition.
  • an insulating layer used for a wiring board provided with an embedded wiring layer is required to suppress the occurrence of warpage and to have excellent dielectric properties and adhesion with a copper foil.
  • An object of the present invention is a resin composition capable of suppressing the occurrence of warpage and obtaining a cured product having excellent dielectric properties and adhesion between copper foils (copper foil adhesion); a resin containing the resin composition.
  • Sheet A printed wiring board having an insulating layer formed by using the resin composition, and a semiconductor device.
  • the present invention includes the following contents.
  • (B) a liquid curing agent and (C) an inorganic filler [2] The resin composition according to [1], wherein the weight average molecular weight of the component (A) is 1000 or more and 15,000 or less.
  • the vinyl equivalent of the component (A) is 250 g / eq. More than 3000 g / eq.
  • the component (A) has a multi-branched structure in which a structure derived from a trifunctional or higher functional compound and a structure derived from a bifunctional compound are alternately bonded, according to any one of [1] to [3].
  • Resin composition [5] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the component (A) contains a cyclic structure.
  • the resin composition according to [4], wherein the structure derived from the trifunctional or higher functional compound comprises a cyclic structure.
  • the resin composition according to [6], wherein the cyclic structure contains a nitrogen atom.
  • the resin composition according to [4], wherein the structure derived from the bifunctional compound includes a cyclic structure.
  • the content of the component (A) is 5% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, according to any one of [1] to [8].
  • Resin composition. [10]
  • the component (B) is at least one selected from an allyl-based liquid curing agent, a maleimide-based liquid curing agent, a (meth) acrylic-based liquid curing agent, and a butadiene-based liquid curing agent, [1] to [ 9]
  • the resin composition according to any one of. [11] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10], further comprising (D) a polymerization initiator.
  • a resin sheet comprising a support and a resin composition layer provided on the support and containing the resin composition according to any one of [1] to [15].
  • a printed wiring board including an insulating layer formed of a cured product of the resin composition according to any one of [1] to [15].
  • a semiconductor device including the printed wiring board according to [17].
  • a resin composition capable of suppressing the occurrence of warpage and obtaining a cured product having excellent dielectric properties and copper foil adhesion; a resin sheet containing the resin composition; using the resin composition.
  • a printed wiring board having a formed insulating layer and a semiconductor device can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic side view showing an example of two test tubes used for determining the liquid state and the solid state of the curing agent.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains (A) a vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure, (B) a liquid curing agent, and (C) an inorganic filler.
  • A a vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure
  • B a liquid curing agent
  • C an inorganic filler.
  • the occurrence of warpage is suppressed, and a cured product having excellent dielectric properties and copper foil adhesion can be obtained. Further, usually, according to the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention, the occurrence of warpage can be suppressed.
  • the resin composition may further contain any component in combination with the components (A) to (C).
  • the optional component include (D) a polymerization initiator, (E) an epoxy resin, (F) an epoxy curing agent, (G) a curing accelerator, and (H) other additives.
  • D a polymerization initiator
  • E an epoxy resin
  • F an epoxy curing agent
  • G a curing accelerator
  • H other additives.
  • the resin composition contains (A) a vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure as a component (A).
  • the component (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure preferably has a vinyl group at the end having 4 or more (preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more) branched chains, and a vinyl group at all the ends of the branched chain. Is particularly preferred.
  • the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure has a multi-branched structure in which a structure derived from a trifunctional or higher functional compound and a structure derived from a bifunctional compound are alternately bonded, and has a vinyl group at the terminal. Refers to resin.
  • the vinyl resin having such a preferable hyperbranched structure can be obtained by reacting a trifunctional or higher functional compound which is the center of the molecular structure with a bifunctional compound. Further, the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure may be obtained by further reacting a monofunctional compound in addition to the trifunctional or higher functional compound and the bifunctional compound from the viewpoint of suppressing the elongation of the hyperbranched structure. Since the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure probably has a branched structure, it may have a free space around the branched portion. By having a free space, even if the resin composition is cured, it is less likely to shrink and stress is less likely to occur, and as a result, it is considered that the occurrence of warpage is suppressed.
  • any of the groups represented by the formulas (b) to (f) is preferable, and the group represented by the formula (b) and the group represented by the formula (f) are used. Is more preferable, and the group represented by the formula (f) is even more preferable.
  • the vinyl group is bonded to any of the ortho-position, the meta-position and the para-position, and it is more preferable that the vinyl group is bonded to the para-position.
  • the component (A) preferably contains a cyclic structure, and the cyclic structure preferably contains an aromatic structure, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention.
  • the aromatic structure is a chemical structure generally defined as aromatic, and also includes polycyclic aromatics and aromatic heterocycles.
  • Examples of the cyclic structure include a heterocyclic skeleton, a bisphenol skeleton, a phenylene skeleton, a naphthylene skeleton, a dimethylmethylene biscyclohexylene skeleton, an anthracene skeleton, and the like, and a heterocyclic skeleton and a bisphenol skeleton are preferable.
  • Examples of the heterocyclic skeleton include a heterocyclic skeleton containing a nitrogen atom such as a triazine ring and a pyridine ring, and a triazine ring is preferable.
  • the bisphenol skeleton includes bisphenol A skeleton, bisphenol F skeleton, bisphenol AP skeleton, bisphenol AF skeleton, bisphenol B skeleton, bisphenol BP skeleton, bisphenol S skeleton, bisphenol Z skeleton, bisphenol C skeleton, bisphenol TMC skeleton, bisphenol AF skeleton, bisphenol.
  • Examples thereof include E skeleton, bisphenol G skeleton, bisphenol M skeleton, bisphenol PH skeleton, and bisphenol TMC and bisphenol AF skeleton are preferable.
  • the cyclic structure is preferably contained in any one of a structure derived from a trifunctional or higher functional compound, a structure derived from a bifunctional compound, and a structure derived from a monofunctional compound, a structure derived from a trifunctional or higher functional compound, and a bifunctional compound. It is more preferably contained in the derived structure, and further preferably contained in the structure derived from a trifunctional or higher functional compound, the structure derived from a bifunctional compound, and the structure derived from a monofunctional compound.
  • the ring in the cyclic structure may have a substituent.
  • substituents include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, a silyl group and an acyl group.
  • acyloxy group examples include an acyloxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group and an oxo group.
  • the trifunctional or higher functional compound is a compound that can be the core of the hyperbranched structure, and has a functional group that can react with the bifunctional compound and the monofunctional compound.
  • the trifunctional or higher functional compound has a structure derived from the trifunctional or higher functional compound in the hyperbranched structure.
  • the trifunctional or higher functional compound is preferably a trifunctional compound or a tetrafunctional compound, and more preferably a trifunctional compound.
  • Examples of the functional group of the trifunctional or higher functional compound include halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom; OH group (including phenolic hydroxyl group); amino group; epoxy group; glycidyl ether group and the like. However, a halogen atom is preferable.
  • the trifunctional or higher functional compound preferably contains a cyclic structure from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention.
  • the cyclic structure preferably contains an aromatic structure, preferably contains an aromatic heterocycle, and more preferably an aromatic heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom.
  • the number of nitrogen atoms contained in the aromatic heterocycle containing nitrogen atoms is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, preferably 6 or less, more preferably 5 or less, and particularly preferably 3 or less. Is.
  • trifunctional or higher functional compound examples include cyanuric chloride, 2,4,6-trichloropyrimidine, 2,4,6-trichloropyridine and the like. Among them, cyanuric chloride is preferable as the trifunctional or higher functional compound.
  • the bifunctional compound is a compound that can be bonded to any of the functional groups of the trifunctional or higher-functional compound and the functional group of the monofunctional compound, and has a functional group that can react with the functional group of the trifunctional or higher-functional compound.
  • the bifunctional compound has a structure derived from the bifunctional compound in the hyperbranched structure.
  • Examples of the functional group of the bifunctional compound include an OH group (including a phenolic hydroxyl group), an epoxy group, a glycidyl ether group, an amino group and the like, and an OH group is preferable.
  • the bifunctional compound preferably contains a cyclic structure, more preferably contains an aromatic structure, and further preferably has a bisphenol skeleton. Further, the bifunctional compound may contain a siloxane bond (—Si—O—Si—) from the viewpoint of further improving the dielectric loss tangent.
  • the bifunctional compound containing a siloxane bond preferably has a cage-like silsesquioxane (POSS) structure.
  • bifunctional compound examples include compounds represented by the following formulas (1) to (37).
  • formula (32) X represents a phenyl group and Y represents a methyl group.
  • equations (33) to (37) n represents an integer of 1 to 300, and in equation (37), m represents an integer of 1 to 300.
  • bifunctional compound a compound obtained by reacting a trifunctional compound with a monofunctional compound described later may be used.
  • examples of such a bifunctional compound include compounds represented by the following formulas (38) to (45).
  • R represents an isopropyl group.
  • the bifunctional compound the compounds represented by the formulas (24) and (31) to (37) are preferable.
  • bifunctional compound a commercially available product may be used.
  • examples of commercially available products include “KF-2201” and “KF-8010” manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.
  • the monofunctional compound is a compound that can be bonded to either a functional group of a trifunctional or higher-functional compound or a functional group of a bifunctional or higher-functional compound, and is a functional group of a trifunctional or higher-functional compound or a functional group of a bifunctional compound. It has a functional group that can react.
  • Examples of the functional group of the monofunctional compound include an amino group; a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom; an OH group (including a phenolic hydroxyl group); an amino group; an epoxy group; a glycidyl ether group. Etc., and amino groups and OH groups are preferable.
  • the monofunctional compound preferably contains a cyclic structure from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. Further, the monofunctional compound may contain a siloxane bond (—Si—O—) from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention.
  • the monofunctional compound containing a siloxane bond preferably has a cage-like silsesquioxane (POSS) structure.
  • the monofunctional compound examples include compounds represented by the following formulas (1-1) to (1-21). Among them, the compound represented by the formula (1-1), the compound represented by the formula (1-6), the compound represented by the formula (1-17), and the compound represented by the formula (1-18). Is preferable, and the compound represented by the formula (1-17) and the compound represented by the formula (1-18) are more preferable.
  • R represents an isopropyl group.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 300.
  • a commercially available product may be used as the monofunctional compound.
  • examples of commercially available products include “X-22-170BX” and “X-22-170DX” manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd., "KBM903", “KBE903” and “KBM603” manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • a vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure can be prepared by reacting a trifunctional or higher-functional compound, a bifunctional compound, and a vinyl group-containing compound, and if necessary, further reacting the monofunctional compound.
  • the vinyl group-containing compound is a compound that introduces a vinyl group at the terminal.
  • examples of the vinyl group-containing compound include allyl bromide, 2-propenoyl bromide, metachloryl bromide, 4-bromostyrene, 4-vinylbenzyl bromide and the like.
  • the reaction temperature is preferably 10 ° C. or higher, more preferably 15 ° C. or higher, still more preferably 20 ° C. or higher, preferably 100 ° C. or lower, more preferably 50 ° C. or lower, still more preferably 30 ° C. or lower. Particularly preferably, it is room temperature (25 ° C.).
  • the reaction time is preferably 0.1 hours or more, more preferably 0.3 hours or more, still more preferably 0.5 hours or more, preferably 3 hours or less, more preferably 2 hours or less, still more preferably 1. .5 hours or less.
  • a commercially available product may be used as the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure.
  • Examples of commercially available products include "PDV-PM” manufactured by Nittetsu Chemical & Materials Co., Ltd.
  • (A) Specific examples of the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure include, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the broken line means that the structure derived from the trifunctional or higher-functional compound and the probably branched structure in which the structure derived from the bifunctional compound is alternately bonded are further bonded.
  • R represents any group of the formulas (a) to (f).
  • the molecular weight of the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure is preferably 1000 or more, more preferably 1200 or more, still more preferably 1400 or more, and preferably 10,000 or less, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. It is more preferably 9000 or less, still more preferably 8000 or less, 7500 or less, and 6000 or less.
  • the molecular weight can be measured with a mass spectrometer.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure is preferably 1000 or more, more preferably 1200 or more, still more preferably 1400 or more, and preferably 15000 from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. Below, it is more preferably 12000 or less, still more preferably 10000 or less, 7500 or less, and 6000 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin can be measured as a polystyrene-equivalent value by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method.
  • the vinyl group equivalent of the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure is preferably 250 g / eq. From the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. As mentioned above, more preferably 300 g / eq. Above, more preferably 350 g / eq. The above is preferable, and 3000 g / eq. Below, more preferably 2000 g / eq. Hereinafter, more preferably 1500 g / eq. Hereinafter, 700 g / eq. Hereinafter, 600 g / eq. Hereinafter, 500 g / eq. It is as follows.
  • the vinyl group equivalent is the mass of the vinyl resin containing one equivalent of vinyl groups.
  • the vinyl group equivalent is the mass of a vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure containing one equivalent of vinyl groups.
  • the content of the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure is preferably 5% by mass or more when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. It is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 35% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the content of each component in the resin composition is a value when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, unless otherwise specified.
  • the content of the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure is preferably 50% by mass or more when the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. It is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, still more preferably 88% by mass or less.
  • the resin component refers to a non-volatile component in the resin composition excluding (C) the inorganic filler.
  • the resin composition contains (B) a liquid curing agent as a component (B).
  • a liquid curing agent as a component (B).
  • the component (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the determination of liquid is performed in accordance with the "Liquid confirmation method" in Attachment 2 of the Ministerial Ordinance on Dangerous Goods Testing and Properties (Ministerial Ordinance No. 1 of 1989).
  • the specific determination method is as follows.
  • Equipment constant temperature water tank Use a stirrer, heater, thermometer, and automatic temperature controller (those that can control the temperature at ⁇ 0.1 ° C) with a depth of 150 mm or more.
  • tap water of about 22 was used in combination with a low-temperature constant temperature water tank (model BU300) manufactured by Yamato Kagaku Co., Ltd. and a charging type constant temperature device Thermomate (model BF500).
  • thermomate model BF500
  • Thermomate model BF500
  • Test tube As shown in FIG. 1, the test tube is made of flat-bottomed cylindrical transparent glass having an inner diameter of 30 mm and a height of 120 mm, and marked lines 11A and 12B are attached at heights of 55 mm and 85 mm from the tube bottom, respectively.
  • a test tube for liquid determination 10a in which the mouth of the test tube is sealed with a rubber stopper 13a, and a rubber stopper 13b having the same size but similarly marked and having a hole in the center for inserting and supporting a thermometer.
  • a test tube 10b for temperature measurement is used in which the mouth of the test tube is sealed and the thermometer 14 is inserted in the rubber stopper 13b.
  • the marked line having a height of 55 mm from the bottom of the pipe is referred to as "line A”
  • the marked line having a height of 85 mm from the bottom of the pipe is referred to as "line B”.
  • the thermometer 14 the one for measuring the freezing point (SOP-58 scale range 0 to 100 ° C.) specified in JIS B7410 (1982) "Glass thermometer for petroleum test” is used, but the temperature is 0 to 100 ° C. Anything that can measure the range will do.
  • Test implementation procedure Samples left for 24 hours or more under atmospheric pressure at a temperature of 60 ⁇ 5 ° C. are subjected to the liquid determination test tube 10a shown in FIG. 1 (a) and the temperature measurement test shown in FIG. 1 (b). Put up to 11A line in each tube 10b.
  • the two test tubes 10a and 10b are placed upright in a low-temperature constant temperature water tank so that the 12B line is below the water surface.
  • the thermometer should have its lower end 30 mm below the 11A line. After the sample temperature reaches the set temperature ⁇ 0.1 ° C, keep it as it is for 10 minutes.
  • the liquid judgment test tube 10a was taken out from the low temperature constant temperature water tank, immediately laid horizontally on a horizontal test table, and the time when the tip of the liquid level in the test tube moved from the 11A line to the 12B line was stopped with a stopwatch. Measure and record.
  • the test is carried out in the same manner as when the sample is left for 24 hours or more under an atmospheric pressure of 60 ⁇ 5 ° C., and the liquid in the test tube is used. The time when the tip of the surface moves from the 11A line to the 12B line is measured and recorded with a stopwatch.
  • the time measured at 20 ° C. is 90 seconds or less, or the time measured at 20 ° C. exceeds 90 seconds and the time measured at 60 ° C. is 90 seconds or less, it is determined to be liquid. If the measured time exceeds 90 seconds at 60 ° C., it is determined to be solid.
  • a component that is liquid and has a function of curing the component (A) can be used.
  • a liquid curing agent a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and not having a hyperbranched structure can be usually used.
  • the component (B) is preferably at least one selected from, for example, an allyl-based liquid curing agent, a maleimide-based liquid curing agent, a (meth) acrylic-based liquid curing agent, and a butadiene-based liquid curing agent, and is preferably an allyl-based liquid. It is more preferably a curing agent.
  • the allyl-based liquid curing agent is a compound having at least one allyl group in the molecule.
  • the allyl group has a function of reacting with the vinyl group in the component (A) and curing the component (A).
  • the allyl-based liquid curing agent preferably has one or more allyl groups per molecule, and more preferably has two or more allyl groups.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but may be preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 5 or less.
  • the allyl-based liquid curing agent contains any one of a benzoxazine ring, a phenol ring, an epoxy group, and a carboxylic acid derivative having a cyclic structure in addition to the allyl group from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. It is preferable to have a benzoxazine ring, and it is more preferable to have a benzoxazine ring from the viewpoint of obtaining the desired effect of the present invention more remarkably.
  • the allyl group is bonded to either a nitrogen atom constituting the benzoxazine ring or a carbon atom constituting the benzoxazine ring from the viewpoint of significantly obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. It is preferable that it is bonded to a carbon atom, and it is more preferable that it is bonded to a carbon atom.
  • an allyl-based liquid curing agent having a benzoxazine ring for example, an allyl-based liquid curing agent having a benzoxazine ring represented by the following formula (B-1) is preferable.
  • R 20 and R 21 represent an allyl group
  • R 22 represents a q-valent group.
  • q represents an integer of 1 to 4
  • p1 represents an integer of 0 to 4
  • p2 represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • either p1 or p2 is 1 or more.
  • the q-valent group represented by R 22 is preferably an allyl group, a q-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group, a q-valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an oxygen atom, or a q-valent group consisting of a combination thereof.
  • the allyl group may be a substituent of either a q-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a q-valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • R 22 is preferably a group consisting of an arylene group, an alkylene group, an oxygen atom, or a combination of two or more divalent groups thereof, and an arylene group or two or more divalent groups. It is more preferable that the group is composed of a combination of two or more divalent groups, and further preferably, it is a group composed of a combination of two or more kinds of divalent groups.
  • an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an arylene group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • Specific examples of the arylene group include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, an anthrasenylene group, a biphenylene group and the like, and a phenylene group is preferable.
  • an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • Specific examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group and the like, and a methylene group is preferable.
  • Examples of the group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups in R 22 include a group in which one or more arylene groups and one or more oxygen atoms are bonded; for example, a group having an arylene-alkylene-arylene structure. 1 or more arylene groups and 1 or more alkylene groups bonded; 1 or more alkylene groups and 1 or more oxygen atoms bonded; 1 or more arylene groups, 1 or more alkylene groups and 1 or more Examples thereof include a group in which an oxygen atom is bonded, and a group in which one or more arylene groups and one or more oxygen atoms are bonded is preferable, and a group in which one or more arylene groups and one or more alkylene groups are bonded is preferable.
  • Q represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2.
  • P1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and even more preferably 1.
  • p2 represents an integer of 0 to 2, represents 0 or 1, and 0 is preferred.
  • the allyl-based liquid curing agent having an allyl ring examples include a cresol resin containing an allyl group, a novolak-type phenol resin containing an allyl group, and a cresol novolak resin containing an allyl group.
  • the allyl-based liquid curing agent having a phenol ring is preferably an allyl-based liquid curing agent having a phenol ring represented by the following formula (B-2).
  • R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 each independently represent an allyl group
  • s1 independently represents an integer of 0 to 4
  • s2 independently represents an integer of 0 to 3.
  • s1 is 1 or more
  • r at least one of s1 and s2 is 1 or more.
  • R 23 to R 25 each independently represent an allyl group.
  • the number of allyl groups is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, still more preferably 3 or more, preferably 25 or less, more preferably 10 or less, still more preferably. 5 or less.
  • S1 independently represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
  • S2 independently represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
  • R represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
  • the allyl liquid curing agent having an epoxy group preferably contains two or more epoxy groups in one molecule. Further, the allyl-based liquid curing agent having an epoxy group preferably has an aromatic structure, and when two or more kinds of allyl-based liquid curing agents having an epoxy group are used, at least one kind has an aromatic structure. preferable.
  • the allyl-based liquid curing agent having an epoxy group preferably has a bisphenol structure, and examples of the bisphenol structure include bisphenol A type, bisphenol F type, bisphenol AF type, and the like, among which the effects of the present invention can be achieved.
  • the bisphenol A type is preferable from the viewpoint of obtaining remarkably.
  • allyl carboxylate having a cyclic structure is preferable.
  • the cyclic structure may be either a cyclic group containing an alicyclic structure or a cyclic group containing an aromatic ring structure. Further, the cyclic group may have a ring skeleton formed of a hetero atom other than the carbon atom. Examples of the hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom and the like, and a nitrogen atom is preferable.
  • the heteroatom may have one in the ring or two or more.
  • the carboxylic acid derivative having a cyclic structure has a network structure with a cyclic structure, which improves the compatibility and dispersibility of the resin varnish, and as a result, it is possible to improve the laminateability, and a cured product having further excellent adhesion can be obtained. It will be possible to obtain.
  • Examples of the carboxylic acid having a cyclic structure include isocyanuric acid, diphenic acid, phthalic acid, cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid and the like.
  • Examples of the allyl-based liquid curing agent having a carboxylic acid derivative having a cyclic structure include allyl isocyanurate, diallyl isocyanurate, triallyl isocyanurate, diallyl diphenate, allyl diphenylate, orthodialyl phthalate, metadialyl phthalate, and paradialyl phthalate. , Cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid allyl, cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid diallyl and the like.
  • a commercially available product can be used as the allyl-based liquid curing agent.
  • Examples of commercially available products include “MEH-8000H” and “MEH-8005" manufactured by Meiwa Kasei Co., Ltd. (allyl-based liquid curing agent having a phenol ring); “RE-810NM” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. (allyl having an epoxy group).
  • TAIC allyl-based liquid curing agent having an isocyanul ring
  • MDAC allyl-based liquid curing agent having a cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid derivative
  • DAD diallyl diphenate
  • Daisodap Monomer orthodiallyl phthalate
  • the allyl group equivalent of the allyl-based liquid curing agent is preferably 20 g / eq. From the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. ⁇ 1000 g / eq. , More preferably 50 g / eq. ⁇ 500 g / eq. , More preferably 100 g / eq. ⁇ 300 g / eq. Is.
  • the allyl group equivalent is the mass of the allyl liquid curing agent containing 1 equivalent of allyl groups.
  • the maleimide-based liquid curing agent is a compound having at least one maleimide group in the molecule.
  • the maleimide-based liquid curing agent preferably contains an aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms.
  • the aliphatic group preferably contains at least one of an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms, an alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms, and an alkynylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms of an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 45 or less, still more preferably 40 or less.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and the linear group is preferable. Examples of such an alkyl group include a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group and the like.
  • the alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms may have as a substituent of the alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 45 or less, still more preferably 40 or less.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and the linear group is preferable.
  • the cyclic alkylene group is a concept including a case where it is composed of only a cyclic alkylene group and a case where it contains both a linear alkylene group and a cyclic alkylene group.
  • Examples of such an alkylene group include a pentylene group, a hexylene group, a heptylene group, an octylene group, a nonylene group, a decylene group, an undecylene group, a dodecylene group, a tridecylene group, a heptadecylene group, a hexatriacontylene group and an octylene-cyclohexylene.
  • Examples thereof include a group having a structure, a group having an octylene-cyclohexylene-octylene structure, a group having a propylene-cyclohexylene-octylene structure, and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkynylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 45 or less, still more preferably 40 or less.
  • the alkynylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and the linear group is preferable.
  • the cyclic alkynylene group is a concept including a case where it is composed of only a cyclic alkynylene group and a case where it contains both a linear alkynylene group and a cyclic alkynylene group.
  • alkynylene group examples include a pentynylene group, a hexynylene group, a heptinylene group, an octinilen group, a nonynylene group, a decinilen group, an undecinylene group, a dodecinylene group, a tridecinylene group, a heptadecynylene group, a hexatriacontinylene group, and an octynelen-cyclohexylene group.
  • Examples thereof include a group having a len structure, a group having an octinilen-cyclohexinylene-octinilen structure, a group having a propynylene-cyclohexynylene-octinilen structure, and the like.
  • the maleimide-based liquid curing agent preferably contains both an alkynylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms and an alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention.
  • Aliphatic groups having 5 or more carbon atoms may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring structure also includes a spiro ring and a condensed ring.
  • the ring formed by bonding with each other include a cyclohexane ring and the like.
  • the aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms preferably does not have a substituent, but may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, -OH, -OC 1-10 alkyl group, -N (C 1-10 alkyl group) 2 , C 1-10 alkyl group, C 6-10 aryl group, and-.
  • Examples thereof include NH 2 , -CN, -C (O) OC 1-10 alkyl group, -COOH, -C (O) H, -NO 2 and the like.
  • C x-y (x and y are positive integers and satisfy x ⁇ y) is described immediately after this term in that the number of carbon atoms of the organic group is xy to xy. Represents that there is.
  • C 1-10 alkyl group indicates an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. These substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring structure also includes a spiro ring and a condensed ring.
  • the aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms is directly bonded to the nitrogen atom of the maleimide group.
  • the number of maleimide groups per molecule of the maleimide-based liquid curing agent may be 1, but is preferably 2 or more, preferably 10 or less, more preferably 6 or less, and particularly preferably 3 or less. ..
  • the maleimide-based liquid curing agent is preferably a maleimide-based liquid curing agent represented by the following general formula (B-3).
  • M represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • M represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • the divalent aliphatic group of M include an alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms, an alkynylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms, an alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms, and an alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms.
  • the alkynylene groups of 5 or more are as described above.
  • the substituent of M include a halogen atom, -OH, -OC 1-10 alkyl group, -N (C 1-10 alkyl group) 2 , C 1-10 alkyl group, and C 6-10 aryl group.
  • C x-y (x and y are positive integers and satisfy x ⁇ y) is described immediately after this term in that the number of carbon atoms of the organic group is xy to xy. Represents that there is.
  • C 1-10 alkyl group indicates an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • a group consisting of an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, an arylene group, a divalent group derived from phthalimide, a divalent group derived from diimide pyromellitic acid, and a combination of two or more divalent groups has a carbon atom number. May have 5 or more alkyl groups as substituents.
  • the phthalimide-derived divalent group represents a divalent group derived from phthalimide, and specifically, is a group represented by the general formula (A).
  • the divalent group derived from diimide pyromellitic acid represents a divalent group derived from diimide pyromellitic acid, and specifically, is a group represented by the general formula (B). In the formula, "*" represents a bond.
  • the alkylene group as the divalent linking group in L is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 45 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms. ..
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • Examples of such an alkylene group include a methylethylene group, a cyclohexylene group, a pentylene group, a hexylene group, a heptylene group, an octylene group, a nonylene group, a decylene group, an undecylene group, a dodecylene group, a tridecylene group, a heptadecylene group and a hexatria.
  • Examples thereof include a contylene group, a group having an octylene-cyclohexylene structure, a group having an octylene-cyclohexylene-octylene structure, a group having a propylene-cyclohexylene-octylene structure and the like.
  • the alkenylene group as the divalent linking group in L is preferably an alkenylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkenylene group having 2 to 45 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkenylene group having 2 to 40 carbon atoms. ..
  • the alkenylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such an alkenylene group include a methylethyleneylene group, a cyclohexenylene group, a pentenylene group, a hexenylene group, a heptenylene group, an octenylene group and the like.
  • the alkynylene group as the divalent linking group in L is preferably an alkynylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkynylene group having 2 to 45 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkynylene group having 2 to 40 carbon atoms. ..
  • the alkynylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such an alkynylene group include a methylethynylene group, a cyclohexynylene group, a pentynylene group, a hexynylene group, a heptinylene group, an octynylene group and the like.
  • the arylene group as the divalent linking group in L is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • An arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is even more preferable.
  • Examples of the arylene group include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, an anthrasenylene group and the like.
  • the alkylene group, alkenylene group, alkynylene group, and arylene group, which are divalent linking groups in L, may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is the same as the substituent of M in the general formula (B-3), and is preferably an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups in L include an alkylene group, a divalent group derived from phthalimide, and a divalent group consisting of a combination with an oxygen atom; a divalent group derived from phthalimide.
  • a group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups may form a ring such as a fused ring by the combination of the respective groups.
  • the group composed of a combination of two or more kinds of divalent groups may be a repeating unit having 1 to 10 repeating units.
  • L in the general formula (B-3) includes an oxygen atom, an arylene group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a carbon atom which may have a substituent.
  • a divalent group consisting of 1 to 50 alkylene groups, an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms, a divalent group derived from phthalimide, a divalent group derived from diimide pyromellitic acid, or a combination of 2 or more of these groups. It is preferably a group.
  • L is an alkylene group; an alkylene group-a divalent group derived from phthalimide-an oxygen atom-a divalent group having a structure of a divalent group derived from phthalimide; an alkylene group-a divalent group derived from phthalimide- Oxygen atom-allylen group-alkylene group-allylen group-oxygen atom-divalent group having a divalent group structure derived from phthalimide; divalent group having a divalent group structure derived from alkylene-pyramellitic acid diimide Group; alkynylene group-divalent group derived from phthalimide-oxygen atom-divalent group having a divalent group structure derived from phthalimide; alkynylene group-divalent group derived from phthalimide-oxygen atom-allylen group-alkynylene A divalent group having a divalent group structure derived from a group-allylen group-oxygen atom-phthalimide
  • the maleimide-based liquid curing agent represented by the general formula (B-3) is preferably a maleimide-based liquid curing agent represented by the general formula (B-4).
  • M 1 represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent independently, and A has a substituent independently. It represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may be present, or a divalent group having an aromatic ring which may have a substituent.
  • t represents an integer from 1 to 10.
  • M 1 represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms, each of which may have a substituent independently. M 1 is the same as M in the general formula (B-3).
  • A represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may independently have a substituent or a divalent group having an aromatic ring which may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the divalent aliphatic group of A include an alkylene group and an alkenylene group.
  • the aliphatic group in A may be chain-shaped, branched-chain-shaped, or cyclic, and among them, a cyclic, that is, a cyclic aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent is used.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 45 or less, still more preferably 40 or less.
  • Examples of such an alkylene group include a group having an octylene-cyclohexylene structure, a group having an octylene-cyclohexylene-octylene structure, a group having a propylene-cyclohexylene-octylene structure, and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkenylene group in A is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 45 or less, still more preferably 40 or less.
  • alkenylene group include a pentynylene group, a hexynylene group, a heptyrenylene group, an octinilen group, a noniniylene group, a decinilen group, an undecinylene group, a dodecinylene group, a tridecinylene group, a heptadecynylene group, a hexatriacontinylene group, and an octynelen-cyclohexylene.
  • Examples thereof include a group having a len structure, a group having an octinilen-cyclohexinylene-octinilen structure, a group having a propynylene-cyclohexynylene-octinilen structure, and the like.
  • Examples of the aromatic ring in the divalent group having the aromatic ring represented by A include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phthalimide ring, a diimide ring of pyromellitic acid, an aromatic heterocycle, and the like, and a benzene ring and a phthalimide. Rings and diimide rings of pyromellitic acids are preferable. That is, as the divalent group having an aromatic ring, a divalent group having a benzene ring which may have a substituent, a divalent group having a phthalimide ring which may have a substituent, and a substitution group.
  • a divalent group having a diimide ring of pyromellitic acid, which may have a group, is preferable.
  • the divalent group having an aromatic ring is, for example, a group composed of a combination of a divalent group derived from phthalimide and an oxygen atom; a divalent group derived from phthalimide, an oxygen atom, an arylene group and an alkylene group.
  • the arylene group and the alkylene group are the same as the arylene group and the alkylene group in the divalent linking group represented by L in the general formula (B-3).
  • the divalent aliphatic group represented by A and the divalent group having an aromatic ring may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is the same as the substituent represented by M in the above formula (B-3).
  • the maleimide-based liquid curing agent represented by the general formula (B-3) is a maleimide-based liquid curing agent represented by the general formula (B-5) and a maleimide-based liquid represented by the general formula (B-6). It is preferably one of the curing agents.
  • M 2 and M 3 each represent a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent independently, and R 30 is an independent group. Represents a divalent group consisting of an oxygen atom, an arylene group, an alkylene group, or a combination of two or more of these groups.
  • t1 represents an integer from 1 to 10.
  • M 4 , M 6 and M 7 each represent an alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may independently have a substituent, and M 5 is an independent substituent.
  • t2 represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • u1 and u2 independently represent an integer of 0 to 4.
  • M 2 and M 3 each represent a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent independently.
  • M 2 and M 3 are the same as the divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms represented by M in the general formula (B-3), and a hexatriacontinylene group is preferable.
  • Each of R 30 independently represents an oxygen atom, an arylene group, an alkylene group, or a group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups thereof.
  • the arylene group and the alkylene group are the same as the arylene group and the alkylene group in the divalent linking group represented by L in the general formula (B-3).
  • the R 30 is preferably a group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups or an oxygen atom.
  • Examples of the group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups in R 30 include a combination of an oxygen atom, an arylene group, and an alkylene group. Specific examples of a group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups include the following groups. In the formula, "*" represents a bond.
  • M 4 , M 6 and M 7 each represent an alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may independently have a substituent.
  • M 4 , M 6 and M 7 are the same as the alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by M in the general formula (B-3), and are a hexylene group and a heptylene group. , Octylene group, nonylene group, decylene group are preferable, and octylene group is more preferable.
  • M 5 represents a divalent group having an aromatic ring, each of which may independently have a substituent.
  • M 5 is the same as a divalent group having an aromatic ring which may have a substituent represented by A in the general formula (B-4), and is a divalent group derived from an alkylene group and diimide pyromellitic acid.
  • Group consisting of a combination of groups a group consisting of a combination of a divalent group derived from phthalimide and an alkylene group is preferable, and a group consisting of a combination of an alkylene group and a divalent group derived from diimide pyromellitic acid is more preferable.
  • the arylene group and the alkylene group are the same as the arylene group and the alkylene group in the divalent linking group represented by L in the general formula (B-3).
  • R 31 and R 32 each independently represent an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms.
  • R 31 and R 32 are the same as the above-mentioned alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms, preferably a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group and a decyl group, and more preferably a hexyl group and an octyl group.
  • U1 and u2 each independently represent an integer of 1 to 15, and an integer of 1 to 10 is preferable.
  • maleimide-based liquid curing agent examples include the following compounds (1B) to (3B). However, the maleimide-based liquid curing agent is not limited to these specific examples.
  • v represents an integer from 1 to 10.
  • maleimide-based liquid curing agent examples include "BMI1500” (compound of formula (1)), “BMI1700” (compound of formula (2)), and “BMI689” (formula (3)) manufactured by Designer Moleculars. Compounds), etc.
  • the maleimide group equivalent of the maleimide-based liquid curing agent is preferably 50 g / eq. From the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. ⁇ 2000g / eq. , More preferably 100 g / eq. ⁇ 1000 g / eq. , More preferably 150 g / eq. ⁇ 500 g / eq. Is.
  • the maleimide group equivalent is the mass of the maleimide-based liquid curing agent containing 1 equivalent of the maleimide group.
  • the (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent is a curing agent containing acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, and a combination thereof.
  • the (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent preferably has two or more (meth) acryloyl groups per molecule from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention.
  • the term "(meth) acryloyl group” includes acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups and combinations thereof.
  • the (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent preferably has a cyclic structure from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention.
  • a divalent cyclic group is preferable.
  • the divalent cyclic group may be either a cyclic group containing an alicyclic structure or a cyclic group containing an aromatic ring structure. Above all, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention, a cyclic group containing an alicyclic structure is preferable.
  • the divalent cyclic group is preferably a 3-membered ring or more, more preferably a 4-membered ring or more, still more preferably a 5-membered ring or more, and preferably a 20-membered ring, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention.
  • it is more preferably 15-membered ring or less, still more preferably 10-membered ring or less.
  • the divalent cyclic group may have a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure.
  • the ring in the divalent cyclic group may be composed of a heteroatom other than a carbon atom to form a ring skeleton.
  • the hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom and the like, and an oxygen atom is preferable.
  • the heteroatom may have one in the ring or two or more.
  • divalent cyclic group examples include the following divalent groups (i) to (xi). Among them, (x) or (xi) is preferable as the divalent cyclic group.
  • the divalent cyclic group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, a silyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, a nitro group and a hydroxy group. Examples thereof include a mercapto group and an oxo group, and an alkyl group is preferable.
  • the (meth) acryloyl group may be directly bonded to a divalent cyclic group or may be bonded via a divalent linking group.
  • an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Is even more preferable.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such an alkylene group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a pentylene group, a hexylene group, a 1,1-dimethylethylene group and the like, and a methylene group, an ethylene group and 1,1 -A dimethylethylene group is preferred.
  • an alkenylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkenylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenylene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • an arylene group and the heteroarylene group an arylene group or a heteroarylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an arylene group or a heteroarylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the divalent linking group an alkylene group is preferable, and a methylene group and a 1,1-dimethylethylene group are particularly preferable.
  • the (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent is preferably represented by the following formula (B-7).
  • R 33 and R 36 each independently represent an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group
  • R 34 and R 35 each independently represent a divalent linking group.
  • Ring B is a divalent group. Represents a cyclic group.
  • R 33 and R 36 independently represent an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group, and an acryloyl group is preferable.
  • R 34 and R 35 each independently represent a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group is the same as the divalent linking group to which the (meth) acryloyl group may be bonded.
  • Ring B represents a divalent cyclic group.
  • the ring B is the same as the above-mentioned divalent cyclic group.
  • Ring B may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is the same as the substituent that the above divalent cyclic group may have.
  • (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent examples include, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent a commercially available product may be used, for example, “A-DOG” manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., “DCP-A” manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., and “DCP-A” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. Examples thereof include “NPDGA”, “FM-400”, “R-687”, “THE-330", “PET-30”, “DPHA”, and "NK Ester DCP” manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • the (meth) acryloyl group equivalent of the (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent is preferably 30 g / eq. From the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. ⁇ 400 g / eq. , More preferably 50 g / eq. ⁇ 300 g / eq. , More preferably 75 g / eq. ⁇ 200 g / eq. Is.
  • the (meth) acryloyl group equivalent is the mass of the (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent containing 1 equivalent of the (meth) acryloyl group.
  • the butadiene liquid curing agent is a compound having at least one butadiene skeleton in the molecule.
  • the polybutadiene structure may be contained in the main chain or the side chain.
  • the polybutadiene structure may be partially hydrogenated, but preferably contains one or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds in the molecule.
  • Examples of the butadiene-based liquid curing agent include hydrided polybutadiene skeleton-containing resin, hydroxy group-containing butadiene resin, phenolic hydroxyl group-containing butadiene resin, carboxy group-containing butadiene resin, acid anhydride group-containing butadiene resin, epoxy group-containing butadiene resin, and isocyanate group.
  • One or more resins selected from the group consisting of the contained butadiene resin and the urethane group-containing butadiene resin are more preferable.
  • butadiene-based liquid curing agent examples include "JP-100” manufactured by Nippon Soda, "Ricon100”, “Ricon150”, “Ricon130MA8”, “Ricon130MA13”, “Ricon130MA20”, and “Ricon131MA5" manufactured by CRAY VALLY. , “Ricon131MA10”, “Ricon131MA17”, “Ricon131MA20”, “Ricon 184MA6” and the like.
  • the molecular weight of the component (B) is usually smaller than the weight average molecular weight of the component (A).
  • the specific range of the molecular weight of the component (B) is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 150 or more, particularly preferably 200 or more, preferably less than 1000, more preferably 700 or less, and particularly preferably 500 or less. ..
  • the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, it is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass. % Or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, still more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, it is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass. % Or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, still more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • the resin composition contains an inorganic filler as the component (C).
  • (C) By containing the inorganic filler in the resin composition, it is possible to obtain a cured product having excellent dielectric properties.
  • Inorganic compounds are used as the material for the inorganic filler.
  • materials for inorganic fillers include silica, alumina, glass, cordierite, silicon oxide, barium sulfate, barium carbonate, talc, clay, mica powder, zinc oxide, hydrotalcite, boehmite, aluminum hydroxide, Magnesium hydroxide, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, manganese nitride, aluminum borate, strontium carbonate, strontium titanate, calcium titanate, magnesium titanate, bismuth titanate, titanium oxide, zirconate titanate , Barium titanate, barium zirconate titanate, barium zirconate, calcium zirconate, zirconate titanate, zirconate titanate phosphate and the like.
  • silica is particularly suitable.
  • examples of silica include amorphous silica, fused silica, crystalline silica, synthetic silica, hollow silica and the like. Further, as silica, spherical silica is preferable.
  • the inorganic filler may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • inorganic fillers include, for example, "UFP-30” manufactured by Denka Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd .; “SP60-05” and “SP507-05” manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumikin Materials Co., Ltd .; “YC100C”, “YA050C”, “YA050C-MJE”, “YA010C”; “UFP-30” manufactured by Denka Corporation; “Silfil NSS-3N”, “Silfil NSS-4N”, “Silfil NSS-” manufactured by Tokuyama Corporation. 5N ”;“ SC2500SQ ”,“ SO-C4 ”,“ SO-C2 ”,“ SO-C1 ”,“ SC2050-SXF ”, etc. manufactured by Admatex.
  • the average particle size of the inorganic filler is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or more, and particularly preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. It is preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 2 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 1 ⁇ m or less.
  • the average particle size of the inorganic filler can be measured by a laser diffraction / scattering method based on the Mie scattering theory. Specifically, it can be measured by creating a particle size distribution of the inorganic filler on a volume basis by a laser diffraction / scattering type particle size distribution measuring device and using the median diameter as the average particle size.
  • 100 mg of an inorganic filler, 10 g of methyl ethyl ketone, and 0.1 g of a dispersant (“SN9228” manufactured by San Nopco Ltd.) are weighed in a vial and dispersed by ultrasonic waves for 10 minutes.
  • the measurement sample was measured using a laser diffraction type particle size distribution measuring device, the light source wavelengths used were blue and red, and the volume-based particle size distribution of the inorganic filler was measured by the flow cell method, and the obtained particle size distribution was used. Calculate the average particle size as the median diameter.
  • the laser diffraction type particle size distribution measuring device include "LA-960” manufactured by HORIBA, Ltd. and "SALD-2200” manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation.
  • the specific surface area of the inorganic filler is preferably 1 m 2 / g or more, more preferably 2 m 2 / g or more, and particularly preferably 3 m 2 / g or more, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. be.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 m 2 / g or less, 50 m 2 / g or less, or 40 m 2 / g or less.
  • the specific surface area is filled by inorganic filling by adsorbing nitrogen gas on the sample surface using a BET fully automatic specific surface area measuring device (Macsorb HM-1210 manufactured by Mountech) and calculating the specific surface area using the BET multipoint method. It is obtained by measuring the specific surface area of the material.
  • the inorganic filler is preferably treated with a surface treatment agent from the viewpoint of enhancing moisture resistance and dispersibility.
  • a surface treatment agent include fluorine-containing silane coupling agents such as 3,3,3-trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane; 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-phenyl-8-aminooctyl-trimethoxysilane, and the like.
  • Aminosilane-based coupling agents such as N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane; epoxysilane-based coupling agents such as 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane; mercaptosilane-based cups such as 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane Ring agents; silane-based coupling agents; alkoxysilanes such as phenyltrimethoxysilane; organosilazane compounds such as hexamethyldisilazane, titanate-based coupling agents and the like can be mentioned.
  • one type of surface treatment agent may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in any combination.
  • Examples of commercially available surface treatment agents include “KBM403” (3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., “KBM803” (3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., and Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • KBE903 (3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • KBM573 N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • SZ-31 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the degree of surface treatment with the surface treatment agent is preferably within a predetermined range from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the inorganic filler.
  • 100 parts by mass of the inorganic filler is preferably surface-treated with 0.2 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass of a surface treatment agent, and is surface-treated with 0.2 parts by mass to 3 parts by mass. It is preferable that the surface is treated with 0.3 parts by mass to 2 parts by mass.
  • the degree of surface treatment with the surface treatment agent can be evaluated by the amount of carbon per unit surface area of the inorganic filler.
  • Carbon content per unit surface area of the inorganic filler from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility of the inorganic filler is preferably 0.02 mg / m 2 or more, 0.1 mg / m 2 or more preferably, 0.2 mg / m 2 The above is more preferable.
  • 1 mg / m 2 or less is preferable, 0.8 mg / m 2 or less is more preferable, and 0.5 mg / m 2 or less is further preferable. preferable.
  • the amount of carbon per unit surface area of the inorganic filler can be measured after the inorganic filler after the surface treatment is washed with a solvent (for example, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK)). Specifically, a sufficient amount of MEK as a solvent is added to the inorganic filler surface-treated with a surface treatment agent, and ultrasonic cleaning is performed at 25 ° C. for 5 minutes. After removing the supernatant and drying the solid content, the amount of carbon per unit surface area of the inorganic filler can be measured using a carbon analyzer. As the carbon analyzer, "EMIA-320V" manufactured by HORIBA, Ltd. or the like can be used.
  • EMIA-320V manufactured by HORIBA, Ltd.
  • the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, it is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass. % Or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more or 60% by mass or more, preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, still more preferably 75% by mass or less.
  • the resin composition may contain (D) a polymerization initiator as an arbitrary component in addition to the above-mentioned components.
  • the component (D) usually has a function of promoting the cross-linking of radically polymerizable unsaturated groups in the component (A).
  • the component (D) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of the (D) polymerization initiator include dit-hexyl peroxide, t-butyl cumyl peroxide, t-butyl peroxyacetate, ⁇ , ⁇ '-di (t-butyl peroxy) diisopropylbenzene, and t-.
  • Examples thereof include peroxides such as butylperoxylaurate, t-butylperoxy-2-ethylhexanoate, t-butylperoxyneodecanoate, and t-butylperoxybenzoate.
  • polymerization initiators examples include “Perhexyl D”, “Perbutyl C”, “Perbutyl A”, “Perbutyl P”, “Perbutyl L”, “Perbutyl O”, and “Perbutyl O” manufactured by NOF CORPORATION. Examples thereof include “Perbutyl ND”, “Perbutyl Z”, “Park Mill P”, and “Park Mill D”.
  • the content of the (D) polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably, when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. Is 0.02% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, preferably 0.3% by mass or less, more preferably 0.2% by mass or less, still more preferably 0.1% by mass or less. ..
  • the content of the component (D) is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, when the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. It is 0.15% by mass or more, more preferably 0.3% by mass or more, preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, still more preferably 1% by mass or less.
  • the resin composition may contain (E) epoxy resin as an arbitrary component in addition to the above-mentioned components.
  • the component (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • component (E) examples include bixilenol type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, bisphenol AF type epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, and trisphenol type epoxy.
  • Resin naphthol novolac type epoxy resin, phenol novolac type epoxy resin, tert-butyl-catechol type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, naphthol type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, glycidylamine type epoxy resin, glycidyl ester type epoxy resin, Cresol novolak type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, linear aliphatic epoxy resin, epoxy resin having a butadiene structure, alicyclic epoxy resin, heterocyclic epoxy resin, spiro ring-containing epoxy resin, cyclohexane type epoxy resin, cyclohexanedi Examples thereof include a methanol type epoxy resin, a naphthylene ether type epoxy resin, a trimethylol type epoxy resin, and a tetraphenylethane type epoxy resin.
  • the resin composition preferably contains an epoxy resin having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule as the component (E).
  • the ratio of the epoxy resin having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferably 20% by mass with respect to 100% by mass of the non-volatile component of the component (E). As mentioned above, it is more preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or more.
  • the epoxy resin may be a liquid epoxy resin at a temperature of 20 ° C. (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “liquid epoxy resin”) or a solid epoxy resin at a temperature of 20 ° C. (hereinafter referred to as “solid epoxy resin”). ).
  • the resin composition may contain only the liquid epoxy resin as the component (E), may contain only the solid epoxy resin, or may contain a combination of the liquid epoxy resin and the solid epoxy resin. However, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention, it is preferable to include the liquid epoxy resin and the solid epoxy resin in combination.
  • liquid epoxy resin a liquid epoxy resin having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferable.
  • liquid epoxy resin examples include bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol AF type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, glycidyl ester type epoxy resin, glycidylamine type epoxy resin, phenol novolac type epoxy resin, and ester skeleton.
  • An alicyclic epoxy resin, a cyclohexane type epoxy resin, a cyclohexanedimethanol type epoxy resin, a glycidylamine type epoxy resin, and an epoxy resin having a butadiene structure are preferable, and a naphthalene type epoxy resin is more preferable.
  • liquid epoxy resin examples include “HP4032”, “HP4032D” and “HP4032SS” (naphthalene type epoxy resin) manufactured by DIC; “828US”, “jER828EL”, “825" and “Epicoat” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the viscosity of the liquid epoxy resin at 25 ° C. is preferably 300 mPa ⁇ s or more, more preferably 500 mPa ⁇ s or more, still more preferably 1000 mPa ⁇ s or more, from the viewpoint of allowing bubbles to stably exist in the resin composition. It is preferably 5000 mPa ⁇ s or less, more preferably 4000 mPa ⁇ s or less, and further preferably 3000 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • the viscosity of the liquid epoxy resin can be measured using, for example, an E-type viscometer.
  • solid epoxy resin a solid epoxy resin having three or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferable, and an aromatic solid epoxy resin having three or more epoxy groups in one molecule is more preferable.
  • solid epoxy resin examples include bixilenol type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, naphthalene type tetrafunctional epoxy resin, cresol novolac type epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, trisphenol type epoxy resin, naphthol type epoxy resin, and biphenyl.
  • Type epoxy resin, naphthylene ether type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol AF type epoxy resin, tetraphenylethane type epoxy resin are preferable, and naphthol type epoxy resin is more preferable.
  • solid epoxy resin examples include "HP4032H” (naphthalene type epoxy resin) manufactured by DIC; "HP-4700” and “HP-4710” (naphthalen type tetrafunctional epoxy resin) manufactured by DIC; DIC. "N-690” (cresol novolac type epoxy resin); DIC “N-695" (cresol novolac type epoxy resin); DIC "HP-7200”, “HP-7200HH”, “HP” -7200H “(dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin);” EXA-7311 “,” EXA-7311-G3 ",” EXA-7311-G4 ",” EXA-7311-G4S ",” HP6000 "manufactured by DIC.
  • Naphthylene ether type epoxy resin Naphthylene ether type epoxy resin
  • EPPN-502H trisphenol type epoxy resin
  • NC7000L naphthol novolac type epoxy resin
  • NC3000H naphthol novolac type epoxy resin
  • NC3100 biphenyl type epoxy resin
  • ESN475V naphthol type epoxy resin
  • ESN485" manufactured by Nittetsu Chemical & Materials Co., Ltd.
  • the amount ratio (liquid epoxy resin: solid epoxy resin) thereof is a mass ratio, preferably 1: 1 to 1:20. It is more preferably 1: 1.5 to 1:15, and particularly preferably 1: 2 to 1:10.
  • the desired effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained.
  • moderate adhesiveness is provided.
  • sufficient flexibility is usually obtained and handleability is improved.
  • a cured product having sufficient breaking strength can be obtained.
  • the epoxy equivalent of the component (E) is preferably 50 g / eq. ⁇ 5000g / eq. , More preferably 50 g / eq. ⁇ 3000 g / eq. , More preferably 80 g / eq. ⁇ 2000g / eq. , Even more preferably 110 g / eq. ⁇ 1000 g / eq. Is. Within this range, the crosslink density of the cured product of the resin composition layer becomes sufficient, and an insulating layer having a small surface roughness can be obtained.
  • Epoxy equivalent is the mass of an epoxy resin containing 1 equivalent of an epoxy group. This epoxy equivalent can be measured according to JIS K7236.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the component (E) is preferably 100 to 5000, more preferably 200 to 3000, still more preferably 250 to 1500, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention.
  • the content of the component (E) is preferably 1% by mass or more when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass from the viewpoint of obtaining an insulating layer showing good mechanical strength and insulation reliability. It is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit of the content of the epoxy resin is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 15% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention.
  • the content of the component (E) is preferably 1% by mass or more when the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass from the viewpoint of obtaining an insulating layer showing good mechanical strength and insulation reliability. It is more preferably 5% by mass or more, further preferably 10% by mass or more, preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, still more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • the resin composition may contain (F) an epoxy curing agent as an optional component in addition to the above-mentioned components.
  • the component (F) does not correspond to the component (B).
  • the (F) epoxy curing agent usually has a function of reacting with the component (E) to cure the resin composition.
  • the epoxy curing agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a compound capable of reacting with the component (E) to cure the resin composition can be used, and for example, an active ester-based curing agent, a phenol-based curing agent, and a benzoxazine-based curing agent can be used.
  • an active ester-based curing agent a compound capable of reacting with the component (E) to cure the resin composition
  • a phenol-based curing agent e.g., phenol-based curing agent
  • a benzoxazine-based curing agent e.g., a benzoxazine-based curing agent
  • examples thereof include agents, carbodiimide-based curing agents, acid anhydride-based curing agents, amine-based curing agents, and cyanate ester-based curing agents.
  • any of an active ester-based curing agent, a phenol-based curing agent, a benzoxazine-based curing agent, and a carbodiimide-based curing agent is preferable from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention, and the active ester-based curing agent and the phenol-based curing agent are preferable.
  • Any of the agents is more preferable, and it is further preferable to use an active ester-based curing agent and a phenol-based curing agent in combination.
  • the active ester-based curing agent examples include curing agents having one or more active ester groups in one molecule.
  • the active ester-based curing agent two or more ester groups having high reaction activity such as phenol esters, thiophenol esters, N-hydroxyamine esters, and esters of heterocyclic hydroxy compounds are contained in one molecule.
  • the compound to have is preferable.
  • the active ester-based curing agent is preferably obtained by a condensation reaction between a carboxylic acid compound and / or a thiocarboxylic acid compound and a hydroxy compound and / or a thiol compound.
  • an active ester-based curing agent obtained from a carboxylic acid compound and a hydroxy compound is preferable, and an active ester-based curing agent obtained from a carboxylic acid compound and a phenol compound and / or a naphthol compound is more preferable. ..
  • carboxylic acid compound examples include benzoic acid, acetic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, pyromellitic acid and the like.
  • phenol compound or naphthol compound examples include hydroquinone, resorcin, bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol S, phenolphthalin, methylated bisphenol A, methylated bisphenol F, methylated bisphenol S, phenol, o-cresol, m-.
  • the "dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol compound” refers to a diphenol compound obtained by condensing two phenol molecules with one dicyclopentadiene molecule.
  • the active ester-based curing agent examples include an active ester compound containing a dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure, an active ester compound containing a naphthalene structure, an active ester compound containing an acetylated product of phenol novolac, and a benzoyl compound of phenol novolac.
  • active ester compounds containing examples include active ester compounds containing. Of these, an active ester compound containing a naphthalene structure and an active ester compound containing a dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure are more preferable.
  • the "dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure” represents a divalent structure composed of phenylene-dicyclopentylene-phenylene.
  • HPC-8000-65T "," HPC-8000H-65TM ",” EXB-8000L “,” EXB-8000L-65TM “(manufactured by DIC);” HPC-8150-60T “as an active ester compound containing a naphthalene structure, "HPC-8150-62T”, “EXB-8150-65T”, “EXB-8100L-65T”, “EXB-8150L-65T”, “EXB9416-70BK” (manufactured by DIC); "DC808” as an active ester compound (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.); “YLH1026” (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.) as an active ester compound containing a benzoylated product of phenol novolac; "DC808” as an active ester-based curing agent which is an acetylated product of phenol novolac.
  • the phenolic curing agent examples include a curing agent having one or more, preferably two or more hydroxyl groups bonded to an aromatic ring (benzene ring, naphthalene ring, etc.) in one molecule. Of these, a compound having a hydroxyl group bonded to a benzene ring is preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of heat resistance and water resistance, a phenol-based curing agent having a novolak structure is preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of adhesion, a nitrogen-containing phenol-based curing agent is preferable, and a triazine skeleton-containing phenol-based curing agent is more preferable. In particular, a triazine skeleton-containing phenol novolac curing agent is preferable from the viewpoint of highly satisfying heat resistance, water resistance, and adhesion.
  • phenol-based curing agent and the naphthol-based curing agent include “MEH-7700”, “MEH-7810", “MEH-7851”, and “MEH-8000H” manufactured by Meiwa Kasei Co., Ltd .; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. "NHN”, “CBN”, “GPH”; “SN-170”, “SN-180”, “SN-190”, “SN-475”, “SN-485" manufactured by Nittetsu Chemical & Materials Co., Ltd. "SN-495”, “SN-495V”, “SN-375", “SN-395"; "TD-2090”, “TD-2090-60M”, "LA-7052”, “LA” manufactured by DIC Corporation.
  • benzoxazine-based curing agent examples include “HFB2006M” manufactured by Showa High Polymer Co., Ltd., “Pd” and “FA” manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Corporation.
  • carbodiimide-based curing agent examples include "V-03”, “V-05”, “V-07” manufactured by Nisshinbo Chemical Co., Ltd .; Stavaxol (registered trademark) P manufactured by Rheinchemy Co., Ltd. and the like.
  • the acid anhydride-based curing agent examples include a curing agent having one or more acid anhydride groups in one molecule.
  • Specific examples of the acid anhydride-based curing agent include phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, and methylnagic.
  • amine-based curing agent examples include curing agents having one or more amino groups in one molecule, and examples thereof include aliphatic amines, polyether amines, alicyclic amines, and aromatic amines. Among them, aromatic amines are preferable from the viewpoint of achieving the desired effect of the present invention.
  • the amine-based curing agent is preferably a primary amine or a secondary amine, more preferably a primary amine.
  • amine-based curing agent examples include 4,4'-methylenebis (2,6-dimethylaniline), diphenyldiaminosulfone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3'.
  • amine-based curing agent for example, "KAYABOND C-200S”, “KAYABOND C-100", “Kayahard A-A”, “Kayahard AB”, “Kayahard AB” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Corporation.
  • Examples include “Kayahard AS” and “Epicure W” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation.
  • cyanate ester-based curing agent examples include bisphenol A dicyanate, polyphenol cyanate, oligo (3-methylene-1,5-phenylencyanate), 4,4'-methylenebis (2,6-dimethylphenylcyanate), and 4,4.
  • cyanate ester-based curing agent examples include "PT30" and “PT60” manufactured by Lonza Japan Co., Ltd. (both are phenol novolac type polyfunctional cyanate ester resins); “ULL-950S” (polyfunctional cyanate ester resin); BA230 ”,“ BA230S75 ”(prepolymer in which part or all of bisphenol A dicyanate is triazined to form a trimer); and the like.
  • the content of the epoxy curing agent is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. It is more preferably 3% by mass or more, preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or less, still more preferably 5% by mass or less.
  • the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, it is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass. % Or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, still more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • the number of active groups of the (F) epoxy curing agent is preferably 0.1 or more, more preferably 0.2 or more, still more preferably 0.3 or more, and is preferable. Is 2 or less, more preferably 1.8 or less, still more preferably 1.6 or less, and particularly preferably 1.4 or less.
  • the "number of epoxy groups of the component (E)" is a total value obtained by dividing the mass of the non-volatile component of the component (E) present in the resin composition by the epoxy equivalent.
  • the "(F) number of active groups of the epoxy curing agent” is a total value obtained by dividing the mass of the non-volatile component of the (F) epoxy curing agent present in the resin composition by the active group equivalent.
  • the resin composition may further contain (G) component curing accelerator as an arbitrary component.
  • the component (G) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • component (G) examples include a phosphorus-based curing accelerator, an amine-based curing accelerator, an imidazole-based curing accelerator, a guanidine-based curing accelerator, a metal-based curing accelerator, and the like.
  • Examples of the phosphorus-based curing accelerator include triphenylphosphine, phosphonium borate compound, tetraphenylphosphonium tetraphenylborate, n-butylphosphonium tetraphenylborate, tetrabutylphosphonium decanoate, and (4-methylphenyl) triphenylphosphonium thiocyanate.
  • Tetraphenylphosphonium thiocyanate, butyltriphenylphosphonium thiocyanate and the like, and triphenylphosphine and tetrabutylphosphonium decanoate are preferable.
  • amine-based curing accelerator examples include trialkylamines such as triethylamine and tributylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, benzyldimethylamine, 2,4,6, -tris (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol, and 1,8-diazabicyclo. Examples thereof include (5,4,0) -undecene, and 4-dimethylaminopyridine and 1,8-diazabicyclo (5,4,0) -undecene are preferable.
  • imidazole-based curing accelerator examples include 2-methylimidazole, 2-undecylimidazole, 2-heptadecylimidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, and the like.
  • imidazole-based curing accelerator a commercially available product may be used, and examples thereof include "P200-H50” manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation.
  • guanidine-based curing accelerator examples include dicyandiamide, 1-methylguanidine, 1-ethylguanidine, 1-cyclohexylguanidine, 1-phenylguanidine, 1- (o-tolyl) guanidine, dimethylguanidine, diphenylguanidine, and trimethylguanidine.
  • the metal-based curing accelerator examples include organic metal complexes or organic metal salts of metals such as cobalt, copper, zinc, iron, nickel, manganese, and tin.
  • organometallic complex examples include organic cobalt complexes such as cobalt (II) acetylacetonate and cobalt (III) acetylacetonate, organic copper complexes such as copper (II) acetylacetonate, and zinc (II) acetylacetonate.
  • Examples thereof include an organic zinc complex such as iron (III) acetylacetonate, an organic nickel complex such as nickel (II) acetylacetonate, and an organic manganese complex such as manganese (II) acetylacetonate.
  • organic metal salt include zinc octylate, tin octylate, zinc naphthenate, cobalt naphthenate, tin stearate, zinc stearate and the like.
  • the content of the component (G) is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0, when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. It is 0.03% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.8% by mass or less, still more preferably 0.5% by mass or less.
  • the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, it is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass. % Or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, still more preferably 15% by mass or less.
  • the resin composition may further contain other additives as arbitrary components.
  • additives include resin additives such as thermoplastic resins, flame retardants, thickeners, defoamers, leveling agents, and adhesion-imparting agents. These additives may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Each content can be appropriately set by those skilled in the art.
  • the method for preparing the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method in which a compounding component is mixed and dispersed using a rotary mixer or the like by adding a solvent or the like as necessary.
  • the resin composition contains (A) a vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure, (B) a liquid curing agent, and (C) an inorganic filler in combination, the occurrence of warpage is suppressed, and the copper foil adhesion and dielectric properties are improved. An excellent cured product can be obtained.
  • the cured product obtained by heat-curing the resin composition at 200 ° C. for 90 minutes exhibits a characteristic of excellent adhesion to the copper foil (copper foil adhesion before the reliability test). Therefore, the cured product provides an insulating layer having excellent adhesion to the copper foil.
  • the copper foil adhesion is preferably 0.40 kgf / cm or more, more preferably 0.43 kgf / cm or more, still more preferably 0.45 kgf / cm or more.
  • the upper limit of the copper foil adhesion may be 10 kgf / cm or less.
  • the copper foil adhesion can be measured according to the method described in Examples described later.
  • the cured product obtained by heat-curing the resin composition at 200 ° C. for 90 minutes usually has adhesion (after the reliability test) to the copper foil after the reliability test (130 ° C., humidity 85% RH, 200 hours). It exhibits the property of being excellent in copper foil adhesion). Therefore, the cured product usually provides an insulating layer having excellent adhesion to the copper foil after the reliability test.
  • the adhesion of the copper foil after the reliability test is preferably 0.30 kgf / cm or more, more preferably 0.33 kgf / cm or more, and further preferably 0.35 kgf / cm or more.
  • the upper limit of the copper foil adhesion after the reliability test may be 10 kgf / cm or less.
  • the copper foil adhesion after the reliability test can be measured according to the method described in Examples described later.
  • the cured product obtained by thermally curing the resin composition at 200 ° C. for 90 minutes exhibits a characteristic of low dielectric constant. Therefore, the cured product provides an insulating layer having a low dielectric constant.
  • the dielectric constant is preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 2.95 or less, still more preferably 2.9 or less. On the other hand, the lower limit of the dielectric constant may be 0.01 or more. The dielectric constant can be measured according to the method described in Examples described later.
  • the cured product obtained by thermally curing the resin composition at 200 ° C. for 90 minutes exhibits a characteristic of low dielectric loss tangent. Therefore, the cured product provides an insulating layer having a low dielectric loss tangent.
  • the dielectric loss tangent is preferably 0.004 or less, more preferably 0.003 or less, still more preferably 0.0025 or less.
  • the lower limit of the dielectric loss tangent may be 0.0001 or more.
  • the dielectric loss tangent can be measured according to the method described in Examples described later.
  • the cured product obtained by thermally curing the resin composition at 190 ° C. for 90 minutes exhibits the characteristic that the amount of warpage is suppressed. Therefore, the cured product usually provides an insulating layer in which the amount of warpage is suppressed.
  • the resin composition is laminated on the copper foil to obtain a resin composition layer.
  • a sample substrate is obtained by sticking it on a SUS plate with a polyimide tape so that the resin composition layer is on the upper surface, and heat-curing it at 190 ° C. for 90 minutes.
  • the amount of warpage is determined by peeling off the polyimide tape and determining the height of the highest point from the SUS plate.
  • the amount of warpage is preferably less than 1 cm, more preferably 0.8 cm or less, still more preferably 0.7 cm or less.
  • the lower limit of the amount of warpage may be 0 cm or more. The details of the measurement of the amount of warpage can be measured according to the method described in Examples described later.
  • the resin composition of the present invention can be suitably used as a resin composition for insulating applications.
  • a resin composition for forming an insulating layer of the multilayer printed wiring board (resin composition for forming an insulating layer of the multilayer printed wiring board) and an interlayer insulating layer of the printed wiring board are formed. It can be suitably used as a resin composition for forming an interlayer insulating layer of a printed wiring board (resin composition for forming an interlayer insulating layer of a printed wiring board).
  • the resin composition of the present invention is for a rewiring forming layer as an insulating layer for forming the rewiring layer.
  • a rewiring layer may be further formed on the sealing layer.
  • Step of laminating a temporary fixing film on a base material (2) A process of temporarily fixing a semiconductor chip on a temporary fixing film, (3) Step of forming a sealing layer on a semiconductor chip, (4) Step of peeling the base material and the temporary fixing film from the semiconductor chip, (5) A step of forming a rewiring forming layer as an insulating layer on the surface from which the base material and the temporary fixing film of the semiconductor chip are peeled off, and (6) a rewiring layer as a conductor layer is formed on the rewiring forming layer.
  • the resin sheet of the present invention includes a support and a resin composition layer provided on the support and formed of the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the thickness of the resin composition layer is preferably 50 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the printed wiring board and providing a cured product having excellent insulating properties even if the cured product of the resin composition is a thin film. It is preferably 40 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 30 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the thickness of the resin composition layer is not particularly limited, but may be usually 5 ⁇ m or more.
  • the support examples include a film made of a plastic material, a metal foil, and a release paper, and a film made of a plastic material and a metal foil are preferable.
  • the plastic material may be, for example, polyethylene terephthalate (hereinafter abbreviated as "PET”) or polyethylene naphthalate (hereinafter abbreviated as “PEN”).
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • PEN polyethylene naphthalate
  • PC polycarbonate
  • acrylics such as polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA)
  • PMMA polymethylmethacrylate
  • TAC triacetylcellulose
  • PES polyethersulfide
  • polyethers examples thereof include ketones and polyimides.
  • polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate are preferable, and inexpensive polyethylene terephthalate is particularly preferable.
  • the metal foil When a metal foil is used as the support, examples of the metal foil include copper foil, aluminum foil, and the like, and copper foil is preferable.
  • the copper foil a foil made of a single metal of copper may be used, and a foil made of an alloy of copper and another metal (for example, tin, chromium, silver, magnesium, nickel, zirconium, silicon, titanium, etc.) may be used. You may use it.
  • the support may be matted, corona-treated, or antistatic-treated on the surface to be joined to the resin composition layer.
  • a support with a release layer having a release layer on the surface to be joined to the resin composition layer may be used.
  • the release agent used for the release layer of the support with the release layer include one or more release agents selected from the group consisting of alkyd resin, polyolefin resin, urethane resin, and silicone resin. ..
  • a commercially available product may be used.
  • “SK-1” and “SK-1” manufactured by Lintec Corporation which are PET films having a release layer containing an alkyd resin-based mold release agent as a main component. Examples include “AL-5", “AL-7", “Lumilar T60” manufactured by Toray Industries, “Purex” manufactured by Teijin Ltd., and “Unipee” manufactured by Unitika Ltd.
  • the thickness of the support is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 5 ⁇ m to 75 ⁇ m, and more preferably in the range of 10 ⁇ m to 60 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the entire support with a release layer is preferably in the above range.
  • the resin sheet may further contain other layers, if necessary.
  • other layers include a protective film similar to the support provided on the surface of the resin composition layer that is not bonded to the support (that is, the surface opposite to the support). Be done.
  • the thickness of the protective film is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 1 ⁇ m to 40 ⁇ m. By laminating the protective film, it is possible to suppress the adhesion and scratches of dust and the like on the surface of the resin composition layer.
  • a resin varnish in which a resin composition is dissolved in an organic solvent is prepared, and this resin varnish is applied onto a support using a die coater or the like and further dried to form a resin composition layer. It can be manufactured by.
  • organic solvent examples include ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) and cyclohexanone; acetic acid esters such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, cellosolve acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and carbitol acetate; cellosolve and butyl carbitol and the like.
  • Carbitols aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene
  • amide solvents such as dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide (DMAc) and N-methylpyrrolidone.
  • the organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Drying may be carried out by a known method such as heating or blowing hot air.
  • the drying conditions are not particularly limited, but the resin composition layer is dried so that the content of the organic solvent is 10% by mass or less, preferably 5% by mass or less. Although it depends on the boiling point of the organic solvent in the resin varnish, for example, when a resin varnish containing 30% by mass to 60% by mass of an organic solvent is used, the resin composition is obtained by drying at 50 ° C. to 150 ° C. for 3 to 10 minutes. A layer can be formed.
  • the resin sheet can be rolled up and stored. If the resin sheet has a protective film, it can be used by peeling off the protective film.
  • the printed wiring board of the present invention includes an insulating layer formed of a cured product of the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the printed wiring board can be manufactured, for example, by using the above-mentioned resin sheet by a method including the following steps (I) and (II).
  • the “inner layer substrate” used in the step (I) is a member that becomes a substrate of a printed wiring board, and is, for example, a glass epoxy substrate, a metal substrate, a polyester substrate, a polyimide substrate, a BT resin substrate, and a thermosetting polyphenylene ether substrate. And so on. Further, the substrate may have a conductor layer on one side or both sides thereof, and the conductor layer may be patterned. An inner layer board in which a conductor layer (circuit) is formed on one side or both sides of the board may be referred to as an "inner layer circuit board".
  • an intermediate product in which an insulating layer and / or a conductor layer should be further formed when the printed wiring board is manufactured is also included in the "inner layer substrate" in the present invention.
  • the printed wiring board is a circuit board with built-in components
  • an inner layer board with built-in components can be used.
  • the inner layer substrate and the resin sheet can be laminated, for example, by heat-pressing the resin sheet to the inner layer substrate from the support side.
  • the member for heat-pressing the resin sheet to the inner layer substrate include a heated metal plate (SUS end plate or the like) or a metal roll (SUS roll). It is preferable not to press the heat-bonded member directly onto the resin sheet, but to press it through an elastic material such as heat-resistant rubber so that the resin sheet sufficiently follows the surface irregularities of the inner layer substrate.
  • the inner layer substrate and the resin sheet may be laminated by the vacuum laminating method.
  • the heat crimping temperature is preferably in the range of 60 ° C. to 160 ° C., more preferably 80 ° C. to 140 ° C.
  • the heat crimping pressure is preferably 0.098 MPa to 1.77 MPa, more preferably 0. It is in the range of .29 MPa to 1.47 MPa
  • the heat crimping time is preferably in the range of 20 seconds to 400 seconds, more preferably 30 seconds to 300 seconds.
  • Lamination is preferably carried out under reduced pressure conditions with a pressure of 26.7 hPa or less.
  • Lamination can be performed by a commercially available vacuum laminator.
  • the commercially available vacuum laminator include a vacuum pressurizing laminator manufactured by Meiki Co., Ltd., a vacuum applicator manufactured by Nikko Materials, and a batch type vacuum pressurizing laminator.
  • the laminated resin sheet may be smoothed by pressing under normal pressure (under atmospheric pressure), for example, from the support side.
  • the press conditions for the smoothing treatment can be the same as the heat-bonding conditions for the above-mentioned lamination.
  • the smoothing process can be performed by a commercially available laminator.
  • the laminating and smoothing treatment may be continuously performed using the above-mentioned commercially available vacuum laminator.
  • the support may be removed between steps (I) and step (II) or after step (II).
  • step (II) the resin composition layer is thermally cured to form an insulating layer.
  • the thermosetting conditions of the resin composition layer are not particularly limited, and the conditions usually adopted when forming the insulating layer of the printed wiring board may be used.
  • the thermosetting conditions of the resin composition layer differ depending on the type of the resin composition and the like, but the curing temperature is preferably 120 ° C. to 240 ° C., more preferably 150 ° C. to 220 ° C., still more preferably 170 ° C. to 210. °C.
  • the curing time can be preferably 5 minutes to 120 minutes, more preferably 10 minutes to 100 minutes, and even more preferably 15 minutes to 100 minutes.
  • the resin composition layer Before the resin composition layer is thermally cured, the resin composition layer may be preheated at a temperature lower than the curing temperature. For example, prior to thermosetting the resin composition layer, the resin composition layer is heated at a temperature of 50 ° C. or higher and lower than 120 ° C. (preferably 60 ° C. or higher and 115 ° C. or lower, more preferably 70 ° C. or higher and 110 ° C. or lower). Preheating may be performed for 5 minutes or longer (preferably 5 minutes to 150 minutes, more preferably 15 minutes to 120 minutes, still more preferably 15 minutes to 100 minutes).
  • steps (III) to (V) may be carried out according to various methods known to those skilled in the art used for manufacturing a printed wiring board.
  • the support is removed after the step (II)
  • the support may be removed between the steps (II) and the step (III), between the steps (III) and the step (IV), or the step ( It may be carried out between IV) and step (V).
  • the formation of the insulating layer and the conductor layer in steps (II) to (V) may be repeated to form a multilayer wiring board.
  • Step (III) is a step of drilling holes in the insulating layer, whereby holes such as via holes and through holes can be formed in the insulating layer.
  • the step (III) may be carried out by using, for example, a drill, a laser, a plasma, or the like, depending on the composition of the resin composition used for forming the insulating layer.
  • the dimensions and shape of the holes may be appropriately determined according to the design of the printed wiring board.
  • Step (IV) is a step of roughening the insulating layer.
  • smear removal is also performed.
  • the procedure and conditions for the roughening treatment are not particularly limited, and known procedures and conditions usually used for forming the insulating layer of the printed wiring board can be adopted.
  • the insulating layer can be roughened by performing a swelling treatment with a swelling liquid, a roughening treatment with an oxidizing agent, and a neutralization treatment with a neutralizing liquid in this order.
  • the swelling solution used for the roughening treatment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkaline solution and a surfactant solution, preferably an alkaline solution, and the alkaline solution is more preferably a sodium hydroxide solution or a potassium hydroxide solution. preferable.
  • Examples of commercially available swelling liquids include "Swelling Dip Security SBU” and “Swelling Dip Security P” manufactured by Atotech Japan. Be done.
  • the swelling treatment with the swelling liquid is not particularly limited, but can be performed, for example, by immersing the insulating layer in the swelling liquid at 30 ° C. to 90 ° C. for 1 minute to 20 minutes.
  • the oxidizing agent used for the roughening treatment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkaline permanganate solution in which potassium permanganate or sodium permanganate is dissolved in an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide.
  • the roughening treatment with an oxidizing agent such as an alkaline permanganate solution is preferably performed by immersing the insulating layer in an oxidizing agent solution heated to 60 ° C. to 100 ° C. for 10 to 30 minutes.
  • the concentration of permanganate in the alkaline permanganate solution is preferably 5% by mass to 10% by mass.
  • examples of commercially available oxidizing agents include alkaline permanganate solutions such as "Concentrate Compact CP" and “Dozing Solution Security P” manufactured by Atotech Japan.
  • the neutralizing solution used for the roughening treatment is preferably an acidic aqueous solution, and examples of commercially available products include "Reduction Solution Security Gant P" manufactured by Atotech Japan.
  • the treatment with the neutralizing solution can be performed by immersing the treated surface that has been roughened with the oxidizing agent in the neutralizing solution at 30 ° C. to 80 ° C. for 1 to 30 minutes. From the viewpoint of workability and the like, a method of immersing the object roughened with an oxidizing agent in a neutralizing solution at 40 ° C to 70 ° C for 5 to 20 minutes is preferable.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) of the surface of the insulating layer after the roughening treatment is preferably 300 nm or less, more preferably 250 nm or less, still more preferably 200 nm or less.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 nm or more, more preferably 40 nm or more, and further preferably 50 nm or more.
  • the arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) of the insulating layer surface can be measured using a non-contact surface roughness meter.
  • Step (V) is a step of forming a conductor layer, and a conductor layer is formed on the insulating layer.
  • the conductor material used for the conductor layer is not particularly limited.
  • the conductor layer is one or more selected from the group consisting of gold, platinum, palladium, silver, copper, aluminum, cobalt, chromium, zinc, nickel, titanium, tungsten, iron, tin and indium. Contains metal.
  • the conductor layer may be a single metal layer or an alloy layer, and the alloy layer may be, for example, an alloy of two or more metals selected from the above group (for example, nickel-chromium alloy, copper, etc.). Examples include layers formed from nickel alloys and copper-titanium alloys).
  • a nickel alloy, a copper-titanium alloy alloy layer is preferable, a chromium, nickel, titanium, aluminum, zinc, gold, palladium, silver or copper single metal layer, or a nickel-chromium alloy alloy layer is more preferable, and a copper single metal layer is preferable.
  • a metal layer is more preferred.
  • the conductor layer may be a single layer structure, a single metal layer made of different types of metals or alloys, or a multi-layer structure in which two or more alloy layers are laminated.
  • the layer in contact with the insulating layer is preferably a single metal layer of chromium, zinc or titanium, or an alloy layer of a nickel-chromium alloy.
  • the thickness of the conductor layer depends on the desired design of the printed wiring board, but is generally 3 ⁇ m to 35 ⁇ m, preferably 5 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the conductor layer may be formed by plating.
  • a conductor layer having a desired wiring pattern can be formed by plating the surface of an insulating layer by a conventionally known technique such as a semi-additive method or a full additive method, and the semi-additive can be manufactured from the viewpoint of ease of manufacture. It is preferably formed by the method.
  • a semi-additive method or a full additive method
  • the semi-additive can be manufactured from the viewpoint of ease of manufacture. It is preferably formed by the method.
  • an example of forming the conductor layer by the semi-additive method will be shown.
  • a plating seed layer is formed on the surface of the insulating layer by electroless plating.
  • a mask pattern that exposes a part of the plating seed layer corresponding to a desired wiring pattern is formed on the formed plating seed layer.
  • the mask pattern is removed.
  • the unnecessary plating seed layer can be removed by etching or the like to form a conductor layer having a desired wiring pattern.
  • the semiconductor device of the present invention includes the printed wiring board of the present invention.
  • the semiconductor device of the present invention can be manufactured by using the printed wiring board of the present invention.
  • semiconductor devices examples include various semiconductor devices used in electric products (for example, computers, mobile phones, digital cameras, televisions, etc.) and vehicles (for example, motorcycles, automobiles, trains, ships, aircraft, etc.).
  • the semiconductor device of the present invention can be manufactured by mounting a component (semiconductor chip) on a conductive portion of a printed wiring board.
  • the "conduction point” is a "place for transmitting an electric signal in the printed wiring board", and the place may be a surface or an embedded place.
  • the semiconductor chip is not particularly limited as long as it is an electric circuit element made of a semiconductor.
  • the mounting method of the semiconductor chip in manufacturing a semiconductor device is not particularly limited as long as the semiconductor chip functions effectively, but specifically, a wire bonding mounting method, a flip chip mounting method, and a bumpless build-up layer.
  • Examples thereof include a mounting method using (BBUL), a mounting method using an anisotropic conductive film (ACF), a mounting method using a non-conductive film (NCF), and the like.
  • the "mounting method using the bumpless build-up layer (BBUL)” means "a mounting method in which the semiconductor chip is directly embedded in the recess of the printed wiring board and the semiconductor chip is connected to the wiring on the printed wiring board". Is.
  • a vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure having the following structure was obtained (in the formula, the broken line means that the branched structure is further bonded. The same applies hereinafter).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure was measured and found to be 2600.
  • the vinyl equivalent of the vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure is 430 g / eq. Met.
  • Synthesis of vinyl resin B having a hyperbranched structure> 1 mmol of 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane was changed to 1 mmol of 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane.
  • a vinyl resin B having a hyperbranched structure having the following structure was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except for the above items.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the vinyl resin B having a hyperbranched structure was 2780 as measured.
  • the vinyl equivalent of the vinyl resin B having a hyperbranched structure is 460 g / eq. Met.
  • the filtrate was washed with water and then dehydrated with anhydrous magnesium sulfate to concentrate and distill off the solvent.
  • the residue was crystallized from methanol to obtain a vinyl resin C having a hyperbranched structure having the following structure.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the vinyl resin C having a hyperbranched structure was measured and found to be 2670.
  • the vinyl equivalent of the vinyl resin C having a hyperbranched structure is 445 g / eq. Met.
  • Synthesis of vinyl resin D having a hyperbranched structure> In Synthesis Example 3, 0.5 mmol of 2-propenoyl bromide was changed to 0.5 mmol of methacrylyloyl bromide.
  • a vinyl resin D having a hyperbranched structure having the following structure was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 3 except for the above items.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the vinyl resin D having a hyperbranched structure was 2740 as measured.
  • the vinyl equivalent of the vinyl resin D having a hyperbranched structure is 425 g / eq. Met.
  • Example 1 Preparation of resin composition 1> 60 parts of the vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure synthesized in Synthesis Example 1 was heated and dissolved in 60 parts of MEK and 40 parts of toluene while stirring.
  • Example 2 Preparation of resin composition 2> In Example 1, 1) Using 6 parts of bisphenol A type epoxy resin (Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation “828US”, epoxy equivalent about 180) 2) Using 6 parts of bixylenol type epoxy resin (“YX4000H”, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent about 190 g / eq.) 3) Using 20 parts of an active ester-based curing agent ("HPC-8000-65T” manufactured by DIC Corporation, an active group equivalent of about 223 g / eq., A toluene solution having a solid content of 65% by mass) was used.
  • bisphenol A type epoxy resin Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation
  • a curing accelerator (4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), MEK solution having a solid content of 5% by mass), 5) 10 parts of (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent ("NK ester A-DOG” manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., molecular weight 326) and benzoxazine ring-containing allyl-based liquid curing agent ("ALP-” manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Corporation).
  • Example 3 Preparation of resin composition 3>
  • 60 parts of vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure is changed to 60 parts of vinyl resin B having a hyperbranched structure.
  • 10 parts of (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent ("NK ester A-DOG” manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., molecular weight 326) and an allyl-based liquid curing agent having an epoxy group (“RE-” manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 810NM ”, epoxy equivalent 220 g / eq.) 10 parts.
  • a resin composition 3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
  • Example 4 Preparation of resin composition 4>
  • 60 parts of vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure is changed to 60 parts of vinyl resin C having a hyperbranched structure.
  • 10 parts of (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent ("NK Ester A-DOG” manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., molecular weight 326), maleimide-based liquid curing agent (“BMI689” manufactured by Designer Molecule's Co., Ltd., maleimide group) Equivalent 345 g / eq.) was changed to 10 parts.
  • a resin composition 4 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
  • Example 5 Preparation of resin composition 5>
  • 60 parts of vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure is changed to 60 parts of vinyl resin D having a hyperbranched structure.
  • 10 parts of (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent ("NK ester A-DOG” manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., molecular weight 326), butadiene-based liquid curing agent ("Ricon100” manufactured by CRAY VALLEY, styrene content 25). %, Mn about 4500) 10 parts.
  • a resin composition 5 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
  • Example 6 Preparation of resin composition 6>
  • 60 parts of vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure is changed to 60 parts of vinyl resin E having a hyperbranched structure.
  • 10 parts of (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent ("NK ester A-DOG” manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., molecular weight 326), and an allyl-based liquid curing agent having an isocyanul ring (“TAIC” manufactured by Nihon Kasei Co., Ltd.).
  • TAIC isocyanul ring
  • a resin composition 6 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
  • Example 7 Preparation of resin composition 7>
  • PDV-PM Vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure to 60 parts of vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure
  • DAD allyl-based liquid curing agent
  • a resin composition 7 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
  • Example 8 Preparation of resin composition 8>
  • 60 parts of the vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure was changed to 60 parts of a vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure (“PDV-PM” manufactured by Nittetsu Chemical & Materials Co., Ltd., molecular weight 5000 to 10000).
  • a resin composition 8 was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except for the above items.
  • Example 9 Preparation of resin composition 9>
  • spherical silica surface-treated with N-phenyl-8-aminooctyl-trimethoxysilane manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., molecular weight 325.2
  • SC2050-SXF manufactured by Admatex Co., Ltd., specific surface area 5
  • the amount of 9.9 m 2 / g, average particle size 0.77 ⁇ m) was changed from 165 parts to 270 parts.
  • a resin composition 9 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
  • Example 10 Preparation of resin composition 10>
  • spherical silica surface-treated with N-phenyl-8-aminooctyl-trimethoxysilane manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., molecular weight 325.2
  • SC2050-SXF manufactured by Admatex Co., Ltd., specific surface area 5
  • the amount of 9.9 m 2 / g, average particle size 0.77 ⁇ m) was changed from 165 parts to 47 parts.
  • a resin composition 10 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
  • Example 11 Preparation of resin composition 11>
  • 60 parts of vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure is changed to 60 parts of vinyl resin F having a hyperbranched structure.
  • ALP-d benzoxazine ring-containing allyl liquid curing agent manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Corporation, MEK solution having a solid content of 65%
  • Example 12 Preparation of resin composition 12>
  • 60 parts of the vinyl resin F having a hyperbranched structure was changed to 60 parts of the vinyl resin G having a hyperbranched structure.
  • a resin composition 12 was produced in the same manner as in Example 11 except for the above items.
  • Example 13 Preparation of resin composition 13>
  • 60 parts of the vinyl resin F having a hyperbranched structure was changed to 60 parts of the vinyl resin H having a hyperbranched structure.
  • a resin composition 13 was produced in the same manner as in Example 11 except for the above items.
  • Example 14 Preparation of resin composition 14>
  • 60 parts of vinyl resin F having a hyperbranched structure was changed to 60 parts of vinyl resin I having a hyperbranched structure.
  • a resin composition 14 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 11 except for the above items.
  • Example 1 Preparation of Resin Composition 15>
  • 60 parts of vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure was changed to 92 parts of oligophenylene ether / styrene resin (“OPE-2St” manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc., a toluene solution having a non-volatile content of 65%).
  • a resin composition 15 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
  • Example 2 Preparation of Resin Composition 16>
  • 60 parts of the vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure was changed to 92 parts of an oligophenylene ether / styrene resin (“OPE-2St” manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc., a toluene solution having a non-volatile content of 65%).
  • a resin composition 16 was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except for the above items.
  • Example 3 Preparation of Resin Composition 17>
  • (Meta) Acrylic liquid curing agent ("NK Ester A-DOG” manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., molecular weight 326) without using 10 parts
  • 2) Spherical silica surface-treated with N-phenyl-8-aminooctyl-trimethoxysilane manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., molecular weight 325.2
  • SC2050-SXF manufactured by Admatex Co., Ltd., specific surface area 5.9 m 2
  • the amount of / g, average particle size 0.77 ⁇ m) was changed from 165 parts to 140 parts.
  • a resin composition 17 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
  • a PET film (“Lumilar R80” manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., thickness 38 ⁇ m, softening point 130 ° C., hereinafter "Release PET") treated with an alkyd resin-based mold release agent ("AL-5" manufactured by Lintec Corporation). There are times when.) Was prepared.
  • the resin compositions 1 to 17 are uniformly applied on the support with a die coater so that the thickness of the dried resin composition layer is 40 ⁇ m, and dried at 70 ° C. to 95 ° C. for 3 minutes. A resin composition layer was formed on the support. Next, a rough surface of a polypropylene film (“Alfan MA-411” manufactured by Oji F-Tex Co., Ltd., thickness 15 ⁇ m) was bonded to the surface of the resin composition layer that was not bonded to the support. As a result, a resin sheet having a support, a resin composition layer, and a protective film in this order was obtained.
  • the protective film was peeled off from the produced resin sheet to expose the resin composition layer.
  • a batch type vacuum pressure laminator (2-stage build-up laminator "CVP700” manufactured by Nikko Materials Co., Ltd.)
  • the resin composition layer was laminated on both sides of the inner layer substrate so as to be in contact with the inner layer substrate.
  • Laminating was carried out by reducing the pressure for 30 seconds, adjusting the atmospheric pressure to 13 hPa or less, and then crimping at 120 ° C. and a pressure of 0.74 MPa for 30 seconds. Then, heat pressing was performed at 100 ° C. and a pressure of 0.5 MPa for 60 seconds.
  • the treated surface of the CZ copper foil was laminated on the resin composition layer under the same conditions as described above. Then, the resin composition layer was cured under the curing conditions of 200 ° C. for 90 minutes to form an insulating layer, thereby producing an evaluation substrate.
  • the prepared evaluation substrate was cut into small pieces of 150 ⁇ 30 mm. Make a notch in the copper foil part of a small piece with a width of 10 mm and a length of 100 mm using a cutter, peel off one end of the copper foil and grab it with a gripper, and at room temperature, in the vertical direction at a speed of 50 mm / min. The load (kgf / cm) when the 35 mm was peeled off was measured, and the peeling strength was determined. A tensile tester (“AC-50C-SL” manufactured by TSE) was used for the measurement.
  • the content (% by mass) of each component is the content when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

A resin composition according to the present invention comprises: (A) a vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure; (B) a liquid hardening agent; and (C) an inorganic filler.

Description

樹脂組成物Resin composition
 本発明は、樹脂組成物に関する。さらには、当該樹脂組成物を用いて得られる、樹脂シート、プリント配線板、及び半導体装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a resin composition. Further, the present invention relates to a resin sheet, a printed wiring board, and a semiconductor device obtained by using the resin composition.
 プリント配線板の製造技術として、絶縁層と導体層を交互に積み重ねるビルドアップ方式による製造方法が知られている。 As a manufacturing technology for printed wiring boards, a manufacturing method using a build-up method in which insulating layers and conductor layers are alternately stacked is known.
 このような絶縁層に用いられるプリント配線板の絶縁材料として、例えば、特許文献1に樹脂組成物が開示されている。 As an insulating material for a printed wiring board used for such an insulating layer, for example, Patent Document 1 discloses a resin composition.
特開2019-53092号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2019-53092
 ところで、近年、例えば埋め込み型の配線層を備える配線板に使用される絶縁層は、反りの発生が抑制され、誘電特性及び銅箔との間の密着性に優れることが求められる。 By the way, in recent years, for example, an insulating layer used for a wiring board provided with an embedded wiring layer is required to suppress the occurrence of warpage and to have excellent dielectric properties and adhesion with a copper foil.
 本発明の課題は、反りの発生が抑制され、誘電特性及び銅箔との間の密着性(銅箔密着性)に優れる硬化物を得ることができる樹脂組成物;当該樹脂組成物を含む樹脂シート;当該樹脂組成物を用いて形成された絶縁層を備えるプリント配線板、及び半導体装置を提供することにある。 An object of the present invention is a resin composition capable of suppressing the occurrence of warpage and obtaining a cured product having excellent dielectric properties and adhesion between copper foils (copper foil adhesion); a resin containing the resin composition. Sheet; A printed wiring board having an insulating layer formed by using the resin composition, and a semiconductor device.
 本発明者らは、上記課題につき鋭意検討した結果、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂、液状硬化剤、及び無機充填材を組み合わせて含有させることで、上記課題を解決し得ることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。 As a result of diligent studies on the above problems, the present inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by containing a vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure, a liquid curing agent, and an inorganic filler in combination, and the present invention has been made. Has been completed.
 すなわち、本発明は以下の内容を含む。
[1] (A)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂、
 (B)液状硬化剤、及び
 (C)無機充填材、を含む樹脂組成物。
[2] (A)成分の重量平均分子量が1000以上15000以下である、[1]に記載の樹脂組成物。
[3] (A)成分のビニル当量が、250g/eq.以上3000g/eq.以下である、[1]又は[2]に記載の樹脂組成物。
[4] (A)成分は、3官能以上の化合物由来の構造と、2官能化合物由来の構造とが交互に結合した多分枝構造を有する、[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[5] (A)成分が、環状構造を含む、[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[6] 3官能以上の化合物由来の構造が、環状構造を含む、[4]に記載の樹脂組成物。
[7] 環状構造が、窒素原子を含む、[6]に記載の樹脂組成物。
[8] 2官能化合物由来の構造が、環状構造を含む、[4]に記載の樹脂組成物。
[9] (A)成分の含有量が、樹脂組成物中の不揮発成分を100質量%としたとき、5質量%以上40質量%以下である、[1]~[8]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[10] (B)成分が、アリル系液状硬化剤、マレイミド系液状硬化剤、(メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤、及びブタジエン系液状硬化剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、[1]~[9]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[11] さらに(D)重合開始剤を含む、[1]~[10]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[12] さらに(E)エポキシ樹脂を含む、[1]~[11]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[13] 樹脂組成物を190℃、90分間熱硬化させた硬化物の反り量が、1cm未満である、[1]~[12]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[14] 樹脂組成物を200℃、90分間熱硬化させた硬化物の23℃における誘電率が、3.0以下である、[1]~[13]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[15] 樹脂組成物を200℃、90分間熱硬化させた硬化物の誘電正接が、0.004以下である、[1]~[14]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物。
[16] 支持体と、該支持体上に設けられた、[1]~[15]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物を含む樹脂組成物層とを含む、樹脂シート。
[17] [1]~[15]のいずれかに記載の樹脂組成物の硬化物により形成された絶縁層を含む、プリント配線板。
[18] [17]に記載のプリント配線板を含む、半導体装置。
That is, the present invention includes the following contents.
[1] (A) Vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure,
A resin composition containing (B) a liquid curing agent and (C) an inorganic filler.
[2] The resin composition according to [1], wherein the weight average molecular weight of the component (A) is 1000 or more and 15,000 or less.
[3] The vinyl equivalent of the component (A) is 250 g / eq. More than 3000 g / eq. The resin composition according to [1] or [2] below.
[4] The component (A) has a multi-branched structure in which a structure derived from a trifunctional or higher functional compound and a structure derived from a bifunctional compound are alternately bonded, according to any one of [1] to [3]. Resin composition.
[5] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the component (A) contains a cyclic structure.
[6] The resin composition according to [4], wherein the structure derived from the trifunctional or higher functional compound comprises a cyclic structure.
[7] The resin composition according to [6], wherein the cyclic structure contains a nitrogen atom.
[8] The resin composition according to [4], wherein the structure derived from the bifunctional compound includes a cyclic structure.
[9] The content of the component (A) is 5% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, according to any one of [1] to [8]. Resin composition.
[10] The component (B) is at least one selected from an allyl-based liquid curing agent, a maleimide-based liquid curing agent, a (meth) acrylic-based liquid curing agent, and a butadiene-based liquid curing agent, [1] to [ 9] The resin composition according to any one of.
[11] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10], further comprising (D) a polymerization initiator.
[12] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [11], further comprising (E) an epoxy resin.
[13] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [12], wherein the amount of warpage of the cured product obtained by thermally curing the resin composition at 190 ° C. for 90 minutes is less than 1 cm.
[14] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [13], wherein the cured product obtained by thermally curing the resin composition at 200 ° C. for 90 minutes has a dielectric constant of 3.0 or less at 23 ° C.
[15] The resin composition according to any one of [1] to [14], wherein the cured product obtained by thermally curing the resin composition at 200 ° C. for 90 minutes has a dielectric loss tangent of 0.004 or less.
[16] A resin sheet comprising a support and a resin composition layer provided on the support and containing the resin composition according to any one of [1] to [15].
[17] A printed wiring board including an insulating layer formed of a cured product of the resin composition according to any one of [1] to [15].
[18] A semiconductor device including the printed wiring board according to [17].
 本発明によれば、反りの発生が抑制され、誘電特性及び銅箔密着性に優れた硬化物を得ることができる樹脂組成物;当該樹脂組成物を含む樹脂シート;当該樹脂組成物を用いて形成された絶縁層を備えるプリント配線板、及び半導体装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, a resin composition capable of suppressing the occurrence of warpage and obtaining a cured product having excellent dielectric properties and copper foil adhesion; a resin sheet containing the resin composition; using the resin composition. A printed wiring board having a formed insulating layer and a semiconductor device can be provided.
図1は、硬化剤の液状、及び固形状の判定に用いた2本の試験管の一例を示す概略側面図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic side view showing an example of two test tubes used for determining the liquid state and the solid state of the curing agent.
 以下、本発明をその好適な実施形態に即して詳細に説明する。ただし、本発明は、下記実施形態及び例示物に限定されるものではなく、本発明の請求の範囲及びその均等の範囲を逸脱しない範囲において任意に変更して実施され得る。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail according to the preferred embodiment thereof. However, the present invention is not limited to the following embodiments and examples, and may be arbitrarily modified and implemented without departing from the scope of claims of the present invention and the equivalent scope thereof.
[樹脂組成物]
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、(A)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂、(B)液状硬化剤、及び(C)無機充填材を含む。本発明では、(A)~(C)成分を組み合わせて樹脂組成物に含有させることで、反りの発生が抑制され、誘電特性及び銅箔密着性に優れた硬化物を得ることができる。また、通常は、本発明の樹脂組成物の硬化物によれば、反りの発生を抑制することができる。
[Resin composition]
The resin composition of the present invention contains (A) a vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure, (B) a liquid curing agent, and (C) an inorganic filler. In the present invention, by incorporating the components (A) to (C) in the resin composition, the occurrence of warpage is suppressed, and a cured product having excellent dielectric properties and copper foil adhesion can be obtained. Further, usually, according to the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention, the occurrence of warpage can be suppressed.
 樹脂組成物は、(A)~(C)成分に組み合わせて、さらに任意の成分を含んでいてもよい。任意の成分としては、例えば、(D)重合開始剤、(E)エポキシ樹脂、(F)エポキシ硬化剤、(G)硬化促進剤、及び(H)その他の添加剤等が挙げられる。以下、樹脂組成物に含まれる各成分について詳細に説明する。 The resin composition may further contain any component in combination with the components (A) to (C). Examples of the optional component include (D) a polymerization initiator, (E) an epoxy resin, (F) an epoxy curing agent, (G) a curing accelerator, and (H) other additives. Hereinafter, each component contained in the resin composition will be described in detail.
<(A)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂>
 樹脂組成物は、(A)成分として(A)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂を含む。(A)成分を樹脂組成物に含有させることで反りの発生が抑制され、誘電特性及び銅箔密着性に優れた硬化物を得ることが可能となる。(A)成分は1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
<(A) Vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure>
The resin composition contains (A) a vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure as a component (A). By including the component (A) in the resin composition, the generation of warpage is suppressed, and it becomes possible to obtain a cured product having excellent dielectric properties and copper foil adhesion. The component (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 (A)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂とは、複数の分枝を有する多分枝構造を有し、且つ末端にビニル基(-CH=CH)を有する樹脂をいう。ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂は、その分枝鎖が4以上(好ましくは6以上、より好ましくは8以上)の末端にビニル基を有することが好ましく、その分枝鎖の末端のすべてにビニル基を有することが特に好ましい。中でも、好ましくは、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂とは、3官能以上の化合物由来の構造と、2官能化合物由来の構造とが交互に結合した多分枝構造を有し、末端にビニル基を有する樹脂をいう。このように好ましいハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂は、分子構造の中心となる3官能以上の化合物と、2官能化合物とを反応させて得ることができる。また、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂は、ハイパーブランチ構造の伸長を抑制する観点から、3官能以上の化合物及び2官能化合物に加えて、さらに1官能化合物を反応させて得てもよい。ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂は多分枝構造を有することから分枝部分の周りに自由空間を有しうる。自由空間を有することで、樹脂組成物が硬化しても収縮しにくくなり応力が生じにくいので、その結果反りの発生が抑制されると考えられる。 (A) The vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure means a resin having a polytomically branched structure having a plurality of branches and having a vinyl group (-CH = CH 2 ) at the end. A vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure preferably has a vinyl group at the end having 4 or more (preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more) branched chains, and a vinyl group at all the ends of the branched chain. Is particularly preferred. Above all, preferably, the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure has a multi-branched structure in which a structure derived from a trifunctional or higher functional compound and a structure derived from a bifunctional compound are alternately bonded, and has a vinyl group at the terminal. Refers to resin. The vinyl resin having such a preferable hyperbranched structure can be obtained by reacting a trifunctional or higher functional compound which is the center of the molecular structure with a bifunctional compound. Further, the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure may be obtained by further reacting a monofunctional compound in addition to the trifunctional or higher functional compound and the bifunctional compound from the viewpoint of suppressing the elongation of the hyperbranched structure. Since the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure probably has a branched structure, it may have a free space around the branched portion. By having a free space, even if the resin composition is cured, it is less likely to shrink and stress is less likely to occur, and as a result, it is considered that the occurrence of warpage is suppressed.
 (A)成分の末端は、ビニル基(-CH=CH)基を有していればよく、例えば、以下の式(a)~(f)で表される基であってもよい。式中、「*」は結合手を表す。中でも、(A)成分の末端としては、式(b)~(f)で表される基のいずれかが好ましく、式(b)で表される基、及び式(f)で表される基がより好ましく、式(f)で表される基がさらに好ましい。式(e)、(f)で表される基は、ビニル基がオルト位、メタ位、パラ位のいずれに結合していることが好ましく、パラ位に結合していることがより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
The terminal of the component (A) may have a vinyl group (-CH = CH 2 ) group, and may be, for example, a group represented by the following formulas (a) to (f). In the formula, "*" represents a bond. Among them, as the terminal of the component (A), any of the groups represented by the formulas (b) to (f) is preferable, and the group represented by the formula (b) and the group represented by the formula (f) are used. Is more preferable, and the group represented by the formula (f) is even more preferable. As for the group represented by the formulas (e) and (f), it is preferable that the vinyl group is bonded to any of the ortho-position, the meta-position and the para-position, and it is more preferable that the vinyl group is bonded to the para-position.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 (A)成分は、本発明の効果を顕著に得る観点から、環状構造を含むことが好ましく、環状構造は芳香族構造を含むことが好ましい。芳香族構造とは、一般に芳香族と定義される化学構造であり、多環芳香族及び芳香族複素環をも含む。 The component (A) preferably contains a cyclic structure, and the cyclic structure preferably contains an aromatic structure, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. The aromatic structure is a chemical structure generally defined as aromatic, and also includes polycyclic aromatics and aromatic heterocycles.
 環状構造としては、例えば、複素環骨格、ビスフェノール骨格、フェニレン骨格、ナフチレン骨格、ジメチルメチレンビスシクロヘキシレン骨格、アントラセン骨格等が挙げられ、複素環骨格、ビスフェノール骨格が好ましい。複素環骨格としては、トリアジン環、ピリジン環等の窒素原子を含む複素環骨格等が挙げられ、トリアジン環が好ましい。ビスフェノール骨格としては、ビスフェノールA骨格、ビスフェノールF骨格、ビスフェノールAP骨格、ビスフェノールAF骨格、ビスフェノールB骨格、ビスフェノールBP骨格、ビスフェノールS骨格、ビスフェノールZ骨格、ビスフェノールC骨格、ビスフェノールTMC骨格、ビスフェノールAF骨格、ビスフェノールE骨格、ビスフェノールG骨格、ビスフェノールM骨格、ビスフェノールPH骨格等が挙げられ、ビスフェノールTMC、ビスフェノールAF骨格が好ましい。 Examples of the cyclic structure include a heterocyclic skeleton, a bisphenol skeleton, a phenylene skeleton, a naphthylene skeleton, a dimethylmethylene biscyclohexylene skeleton, an anthracene skeleton, and the like, and a heterocyclic skeleton and a bisphenol skeleton are preferable. Examples of the heterocyclic skeleton include a heterocyclic skeleton containing a nitrogen atom such as a triazine ring and a pyridine ring, and a triazine ring is preferable. The bisphenol skeleton includes bisphenol A skeleton, bisphenol F skeleton, bisphenol AP skeleton, bisphenol AF skeleton, bisphenol B skeleton, bisphenol BP skeleton, bisphenol S skeleton, bisphenol Z skeleton, bisphenol C skeleton, bisphenol TMC skeleton, bisphenol AF skeleton, bisphenol. Examples thereof include E skeleton, bisphenol G skeleton, bisphenol M skeleton, bisphenol PH skeleton, and bisphenol TMC and bisphenol AF skeleton are preferable.
 環状構造は、3官能以上の化合物由来の構造、2官能化合物由来の構造、及び1官能化合物由来の構造のいずれかに含まれることが好ましく、3官能以上の化合物由来の構造、及び2官能化合物由来の構造に含まれることがより好ましく、3官能以上の化合物由来の構造、2官能化合物由来の構造、及び1官能化合物由来の構造に含まれることがさらに好ましい。 The cyclic structure is preferably contained in any one of a structure derived from a trifunctional or higher functional compound, a structure derived from a bifunctional compound, and a structure derived from a monofunctional compound, a structure derived from a trifunctional or higher functional compound, and a bifunctional compound. It is more preferably contained in the derived structure, and further preferably contained in the structure derived from a trifunctional or higher functional compound, the structure derived from a bifunctional compound, and the structure derived from a monofunctional compound.
 環状構造における環は、置換基を有していてもよい。このような置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基、アリール基、炭素数7~12のアリールアルキル基、シリル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、オキソ基等が挙げられる。 The ring in the cyclic structure may have a substituent. Examples of such a substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, a silyl group and an acyl group. Examples thereof include an acyloxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, a mercapto group and an oxo group.
 3官能以上の化合物は、ハイパーブランチ構造のコアとなり得る化合物であり、2官能化合物及び1官能化合物と反応し得る官能基を有する。3官能以上の化合物は、ハイパーブランチ構造における3官能以上の化合物由来の構造となる。3官能以上の化合物としては、3官能化合物又は4官能化合物であることが好ましく、3官能化合物がより好ましい。 The trifunctional or higher functional compound is a compound that can be the core of the hyperbranched structure, and has a functional group that can react with the bifunctional compound and the monofunctional compound. The trifunctional or higher functional compound has a structure derived from the trifunctional or higher functional compound in the hyperbranched structure. The trifunctional or higher functional compound is preferably a trifunctional compound or a tetrafunctional compound, and more preferably a trifunctional compound.
 3官能以上の化合物が有する官能基としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;OH基(フェノール性水酸基を含む);アミノ基;エポキシ基;グリシジルエーテル基等が挙げられ、ハロゲン原子が好ましい。 Examples of the functional group of the trifunctional or higher functional compound include halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom and iodine atom; OH group (including phenolic hydroxyl group); amino group; epoxy group; glycidyl ether group and the like. However, a halogen atom is preferable.
 3官能以上の化合物は、本発明の効果を顕著に得る観点から、環状構造を含むことが好ましい。環状構造は芳香族構造を含むことが好ましく、芳香族複素環を含むことが好ましく、窒素原子を含む芳香族複素環がより好ましい。窒素原子を含む芳香族複素環に含まれる窒素原子は、好ましくは1個以上、より好ましくは2個以上であり、好ましくは6個以下、より好ましくは5個以下であり、特に好ましくは3個である。 The trifunctional or higher functional compound preferably contains a cyclic structure from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. The cyclic structure preferably contains an aromatic structure, preferably contains an aromatic heterocycle, and more preferably an aromatic heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom. The number of nitrogen atoms contained in the aromatic heterocycle containing nitrogen atoms is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, preferably 6 or less, more preferably 5 or less, and particularly preferably 3 or less. Is.
 3官能以上の化合物の具体例としては、例えば、シアヌル酸クロリド、2,4,6―トリクロロピリミジン、2,4,6―トリクロロピリジン等が挙げられる。中でも、3官能以上の化合物としては、シアヌル酸クロリドが好ましい。 Specific examples of the trifunctional or higher functional compound include cyanuric chloride, 2,4,6-trichloropyrimidine, 2,4,6-trichloropyridine and the like. Among them, cyanuric chloride is preferable as the trifunctional or higher functional compound.
 2官能化合物は、3官能以上の化合物の官能基及び1官能化合物の官能基のいずれかと結合し得る化合物であり、3官能以上の化合物の官能基と反応し得る官能基を有する。2官能化合物は、ハイパーブランチ構造における2官能化合物由来の構造となる。 The bifunctional compound is a compound that can be bonded to any of the functional groups of the trifunctional or higher-functional compound and the functional group of the monofunctional compound, and has a functional group that can react with the functional group of the trifunctional or higher-functional compound. The bifunctional compound has a structure derived from the bifunctional compound in the hyperbranched structure.
 2官能化合物が有する官能基としては、例えば、OH基(フェノール性水酸基を含む)、エポキシ基、グリシジルエーテル基、アミノ基等が挙げられ、OH基が好ましい。 Examples of the functional group of the bifunctional compound include an OH group (including a phenolic hydroxyl group), an epoxy group, a glycidyl ether group, an amino group and the like, and an OH group is preferable.
 2官能化合物は、本発明の効果を顕著に得る観点から、環状構造を含むことが好ましく、中でも芳香族構造を含むことがより好ましく、ビスフェノール骨格を有することがさらに好ましい。また、2官能化合物は、誘電正接をさらに向上させる観点から、シロキサン結合(-Si-O-Si-)を含んでいてもよい。シロキサン結合を含む2官能化合物としては、かご状シルセスキオキサン(POSS)構造を有していることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention, the bifunctional compound preferably contains a cyclic structure, more preferably contains an aromatic structure, and further preferably has a bisphenol skeleton. Further, the bifunctional compound may contain a siloxane bond (—Si—O—Si—) from the viewpoint of further improving the dielectric loss tangent. The bifunctional compound containing a siloxane bond preferably has a cage-like silsesquioxane (POSS) structure.
 2官能化合物の具体例としては、例えば、以下の式(1)~(37)で表される化合物等が挙げられる。式(32)中、Xはフェニル基を表し、Yはメチル基を表す。式(33)~(37)中、nは1~300の整数を表し、式(37)中、mは1~300の整数を表す。 Specific examples of the bifunctional compound include compounds represented by the following formulas (1) to (37). In formula (32), X represents a phenyl group and Y represents a methyl group. In equations (33) to (37), n represents an integer of 1 to 300, and in equation (37), m represents an integer of 1 to 300.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 2官能化合物としては、3官能化合物に、後述する1官能化合物を反応させた化合物を用いてもよい。このような2官能化合物としては、例えば、以下の式(38)~(45)で表される化合物等が挙げられる。式(38)中、Rは、イソプロピル基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
As the bifunctional compound, a compound obtained by reacting a trifunctional compound with a monofunctional compound described later may be used. Examples of such a bifunctional compound include compounds represented by the following formulas (38) to (45). In formula (38), R represents an isopropyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 中でも、2官能化合物としては、式(24)、(31)~(37)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Among them, as the bifunctional compound, the compounds represented by the formulas (24) and (31) to (37) are preferable.
 2官能化合物は、市販品を用いてもよい。市販品としては、例えば、信越シリコーン社製の「KF-2201」、「KF-8010」等が挙げられる。 As the bifunctional compound, a commercially available product may be used. Examples of commercially available products include "KF-2201" and "KF-8010" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.
 1官能化合物は、3官能以上の化合物の官能基及び2官能以上の化合物の官能基のいずれかと結合し得る化合物であり、3官能以上の化合物の官能基及び2官能化合物の官能基のいずれかと反応し得る官能基を有する。 The monofunctional compound is a compound that can be bonded to either a functional group of a trifunctional or higher-functional compound or a functional group of a bifunctional or higher-functional compound, and is a functional group of a trifunctional or higher-functional compound or a functional group of a bifunctional compound. It has a functional group that can react.
 1官能化合物が有する官能基としては、例えば、アミノ基;フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;OH基(フェノール性水酸基を含む);アミノ基;エポキシ基;グリシジルエーテル基等が挙げられ、アミノ基、OH基が好ましい。 Examples of the functional group of the monofunctional compound include an amino group; a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom; an OH group (including a phenolic hydroxyl group); an amino group; an epoxy group; a glycidyl ether group. Etc., and amino groups and OH groups are preferable.
 1官能化合物は、本発明の効果を顕著に得る観点から、環状構造を含むことが好ましい。また、1官能化合物は、本発明の効果を顕著に得る観点から、シロキサン結合(-Si-O-)を含んでいてもよい。シロキサン結合を含む1官能化合物としては、かご状シルセスキオキサン(POSS)構造を有していることが好ましい。 The monofunctional compound preferably contains a cyclic structure from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. Further, the monofunctional compound may contain a siloxane bond (—Si—O—) from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. The monofunctional compound containing a siloxane bond preferably has a cage-like silsesquioxane (POSS) structure.
 1官能化合物の具体例としては、例えば、以下の式(1-1)~(1-21)で表される化合物が挙げられる。中でも、式(1-1)で表される化合物、式(1-6)で表される化合物、式(1-17)で表される化合物、及び式(1-18)で表される化合物が好ましく、式(1-17)で表される化合物、及び式(1-18)で表される化合物がより好ましい。下記式中、Rはイソプロピル基を表す。式(1-13)~(1-16)中、nは1~300の整数を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Specific examples of the monofunctional compound include compounds represented by the following formulas (1-1) to (1-21). Among them, the compound represented by the formula (1-1), the compound represented by the formula (1-6), the compound represented by the formula (1-17), and the compound represented by the formula (1-18). Is preferable, and the compound represented by the formula (1-17) and the compound represented by the formula (1-18) are more preferable. In the following formula, R represents an isopropyl group. In equations (1-13) to (1-16), n represents an integer of 1 to 300.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 1官能化合物は、市販品を用いてもよい。市販品としては、例えば信越シリコーン社製の「X-22-170BX」、「X-22-170DX」、信越化学工業社製の「KBM903」、「KBE903」、「KBM603」等が挙げられる。 As the monofunctional compound, a commercially available product may be used. Examples of commercially available products include "X-22-170BX" and "X-22-170DX" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd., "KBM903", "KBE903" and "KBM603" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
 (A)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂は、3官能以上の化合物、2官能化合物、及びビニル基含有化合物を反応させることで調製することができ、必要に応じてさらに1官能化合物をさらに反応させることで調製することができる。 (A) A vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure can be prepared by reacting a trifunctional or higher-functional compound, a bifunctional compound, and a vinyl group-containing compound, and if necessary, further reacting the monofunctional compound. Can be prepared by
 ビニル基含有化合物は、末端にビニル基を導入する化合物である。ビニル基含有化合物としては、例えば、アリルブロミド、2-プロペノイルブロマイド、メタクロリルブロミド、4-ブロモスチレン、4-ビニルベンジルブロミド等が挙げられる。 The vinyl group-containing compound is a compound that introduces a vinyl group at the terminal. Examples of the vinyl group-containing compound include allyl bromide, 2-propenoyl bromide, metachloryl bromide, 4-bromostyrene, 4-vinylbenzyl bromide and the like.
 反応温度としては、好ましくは10℃以上、より好ましくは15℃以上、さらに好ましくは20℃以上であり、好ましくは100℃以下、より好ましくは50℃以下、さらに好ましくは30℃以下である。特に好ましくは室温(25℃)である。 The reaction temperature is preferably 10 ° C. or higher, more preferably 15 ° C. or higher, still more preferably 20 ° C. or higher, preferably 100 ° C. or lower, more preferably 50 ° C. or lower, still more preferably 30 ° C. or lower. Particularly preferably, it is room temperature (25 ° C.).
 反応時間としては、好ましくは0.1時間以上、より好ましくは0.3時間以上、さらに好ましくは0.5時間以上であり、好ましくは3時間以下、より好ましくは2時間以下、さらに好ましくは1.5時間以下である。 The reaction time is preferably 0.1 hours or more, more preferably 0.3 hours or more, still more preferably 0.5 hours or more, preferably 3 hours or less, more preferably 2 hours or less, still more preferably 1. .5 hours or less.
 (A)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂は市販品を用いてもよい。市販品としては、例えば、日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製「PDV-PM」等が挙げられる。 (A) A commercially available product may be used as the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure. Examples of commercially available products include "PDV-PM" manufactured by Nittetsu Chemical & Materials Co., Ltd.
 (A)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂の具体例としては、以下のものが挙げられるが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。下記式中、破線は、3官能以上の化合物由来の構造と、2官能化合物由来の構造とが交互に結合した多分枝構造がさらに結合していることを意味する。Rは式(a)~(f)のいずれかの基を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(A) Specific examples of the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure include, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the following formula, the broken line means that the structure derived from the trifunctional or higher-functional compound and the probably branched structure in which the structure derived from the bifunctional compound is alternately bonded are further bonded. R represents any group of the formulas (a) to (f).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 (A)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂の分子量としては、本発明の効果を顕著に得る観点から、好ましくは1000以上、より好ましくは1200以上、さらに好ましくは1400以上であり、好ましくは10000以下、より好ましくは9000以下、さらに好ましくは8000以下、7500以下、6000以下である。分子量は、質量分析計にて測定することができる。 (A) The molecular weight of the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure is preferably 1000 or more, more preferably 1200 or more, still more preferably 1400 or more, and preferably 10,000 or less, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. It is more preferably 9000 or less, still more preferably 8000 or less, 7500 or less, and 6000 or less. The molecular weight can be measured with a mass spectrometer.
 (A)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂の重量平均分子量としては、本発明の効果を顕著に得る観点から、好ましくは1000以上、より好ましくは1200以上、さらに好ましくは1400以上であり、好ましくは15000以下、より好ましくは12000以下、さらに好ましくは10000以下、7500以下、6000以下である。
 樹脂の重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)法により、ポリスチレン換算の値として測定できる。
(A) The weight average molecular weight of the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure is preferably 1000 or more, more preferably 1200 or more, still more preferably 1400 or more, and preferably 15000 from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. Below, it is more preferably 12000 or less, still more preferably 10000 or less, 7500 or less, and 6000 or less.
The weight average molecular weight of the resin can be measured as a polystyrene-equivalent value by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method.
 (A)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂のビニル基当量は、本発明の効果を顕著に得る観点から、好ましくは250g/eq.以上、より好ましくは300g/eq.以上、さらに好ましくは350g/eq.以上であり、好ましくは3000g/eq.以下、より好ましくは2000g/eq.以下、さらに好ましくは1500g/eq.以下、700g/eq.以下、600g/eq.以下、500g/eq.以下である。ビニル基当量は、1当量のビニル基を含むビニル樹脂の質量である。ビニル基当量は、1当量のビニル基を含むハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂の質量である。 (A) The vinyl group equivalent of the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure is preferably 250 g / eq. From the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. As mentioned above, more preferably 300 g / eq. Above, more preferably 350 g / eq. The above is preferable, and 3000 g / eq. Below, more preferably 2000 g / eq. Hereinafter, more preferably 1500 g / eq. Hereinafter, 700 g / eq. Hereinafter, 600 g / eq. Hereinafter, 500 g / eq. It is as follows. The vinyl group equivalent is the mass of the vinyl resin containing one equivalent of vinyl groups. The vinyl group equivalent is the mass of a vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure containing one equivalent of vinyl groups.
 (A)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂の含有量としては、本発明の効果を顕著に得る観点から、樹脂組成物中の不揮発成分を100質量%とした場合、好ましくは5質量%以上、より好ましくは10質量%以上、さらに好ましくは15質量%以上であり、好ましくは40質量%以下、より好ましくは35質量%以下、さらに好ましくは30質量%以下である。
 なお、本発明において、樹脂組成物中の各成分の含有量は、別途明示のない限り、樹脂組成物中の不揮発成分を100質量%としたときの値である。
(A) The content of the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure is preferably 5% by mass or more when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. It is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more, preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 35% by mass or less, still more preferably 30% by mass or less.
In the present invention, the content of each component in the resin composition is a value when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, unless otherwise specified.
 (A)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂の含有量としては、本発明の効果を顕著に得る観点から、樹脂組成物中の樹脂成分を100質量%とした場合、好ましくは50質量%以上、より好ましくは60質量%以上、さらに好ましくは70質量%以上であり、好ましくは95質量%以下、より好ましくは90質量%以下、さらに好ましくは88質量%以下である。樹脂成分とは、樹脂組成物中の不揮発成分のうち、(C)無機充填材を除いた成分をいう。 (A) The content of the vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure is preferably 50% by mass or more when the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. It is preferably 60% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, still more preferably 88% by mass or less. The resin component refers to a non-volatile component in the resin composition excluding (C) the inorganic filler.
<(B)液状硬化剤>
 樹脂組成物は、(B)成分として(B)液状硬化剤を含む。(B)成分を樹脂組成物に含有させることにより、銅箔密着性に優れる硬化物を得ることが可能となる。(B)成分は1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
<(B) Liquid curing agent>
The resin composition contains (B) a liquid curing agent as a component (B). By including the component (B) in the resin composition, it is possible to obtain a cured product having excellent copper foil adhesion. The component (B) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 ここで、液状の判定は、危険物の試験及び性状に関する省令(平成元年自治省令第1号)の別紙第2の「液状の確認方法」に準じて行う。具体的な判定方法は、下記のとおりである。 Here, the determination of liquid is performed in accordance with the "Liquid confirmation method" in Attachment 2 of the Ministerial Ordinance on Dangerous Goods Testing and Properties (Ministerial Ordinance No. 1 of 1989). The specific determination method is as follows.
(1)装置
恒温水槽:
 攪拌機、ヒーター、温度計、自動温度調節器(±0.1℃で温度制御が可能なもの)を備えたもので深さ150mm以上のものを用いる。なお、後述する実施例で用いた液状硬化剤の判定では、いずれもヤマト科学社製の低温恒温水槽(型式BU300)と投入式恒温装置サーモメイト(型式BF500)の組み合わせを用い、水道水約22リットルを低温恒温水槽(型式BU300)に入れ、これに組み付けられたサーモメイト(型式BF500)の電源を入れて設定温度(20℃又は60℃)に設定し、水温を設定温度±0.1℃にサーモメイト(型式BF500)で微調整したが、同様の調整が可能な装置であればいずれも使用できる。
(1) Equipment constant temperature water tank:
Use a stirrer, heater, thermometer, and automatic temperature controller (those that can control the temperature at ± 0.1 ° C) with a depth of 150 mm or more. In the determination of the liquid curing agent used in the examples described later, tap water of about 22 was used in combination with a low-temperature constant temperature water tank (model BU300) manufactured by Yamato Kagaku Co., Ltd. and a charging type constant temperature device Thermomate (model BF500). Put liters in a low temperature constant temperature water tank (model BU300), turn on the power of the thermomate (model BF500) attached to it, set it to the set temperature (20 ° C or 60 ° C), and set the water temperature to the set temperature ± 0.1 ° C. The temperature was finely adjusted with Thermomate (model BF500), but any device that can make similar adjustments can be used.
試験管:
 試験管としては、図1に示すように、内径30mm、高さ120mmの平底円筒型透明ガラス製のもので、管底から55mmおよび85mmの高さのところにそれぞれ標線11A、12Bが付され、試験管の口をゴム栓13aで密閉した液状判定用試験管10aと、同じサイズで同様に標線が付され、中央に温度計を挿入・支持するための孔があけられたゴム栓13bで試験管の口を密閉し、ゴム栓13bに温度計14を挿入した温度測定用試験管10bを用いる。以下、管底から55mmの高さの標線を「A線」、管底から85mmの高さの標線を「B線」という。
 温度計14としては、JIS B7410(1982)「石油類試験用ガラス製温度計」に規定する凝固点測定用のもの(SOP-58目盛範囲0~100℃)を用いるが、0~100℃の温度範囲が測定できるものであればよい。
Test tube:
As shown in FIG. 1, the test tube is made of flat-bottomed cylindrical transparent glass having an inner diameter of 30 mm and a height of 120 mm, and marked lines 11A and 12B are attached at heights of 55 mm and 85 mm from the tube bottom, respectively. , A test tube for liquid determination 10a in which the mouth of the test tube is sealed with a rubber stopper 13a, and a rubber stopper 13b having the same size but similarly marked and having a hole in the center for inserting and supporting a thermometer. A test tube 10b for temperature measurement is used in which the mouth of the test tube is sealed and the thermometer 14 is inserted in the rubber stopper 13b. Hereinafter, the marked line having a height of 55 mm from the bottom of the pipe is referred to as "line A", and the marked line having a height of 85 mm from the bottom of the pipe is referred to as "line B".
As the thermometer 14, the one for measuring the freezing point (SOP-58 scale range 0 to 100 ° C.) specified in JIS B7410 (1982) "Glass thermometer for petroleum test" is used, but the temperature is 0 to 100 ° C. Anything that can measure the range will do.
(2)試験の実施手順
 温度60±5℃の大気圧下で24時間以上放置した試料を、図1(a)に示す液状判定用試験管10aと図1(b)に示す温度測定用試験管10bにそれぞれ11A線まで入れる。2本の試験管10a、10bを低温恒温水槽に12B線が水面下になるように直立させて静置する。温度計は、その下端が11A線よりも30mm下となるようにする。
 試料温度が設定温度±0.1℃に達してから10分間そのままの状態を保持する。10分後、液状判断用試験管10aを低温恒温水槽から取り出し、直ちに水平な試験台の上に水平に倒し、試験管内の液面の先端が11A線から12B線まで移動した時間をストップウォッチで測定し、記録する。
(2) Test implementation procedure Samples left for 24 hours or more under atmospheric pressure at a temperature of 60 ± 5 ° C. are subjected to the liquid determination test tube 10a shown in FIG. 1 (a) and the temperature measurement test shown in FIG. 1 (b). Put up to 11A line in each tube 10b. The two test tubes 10a and 10b are placed upright in a low-temperature constant temperature water tank so that the 12B line is below the water surface. The thermometer should have its lower end 30 mm below the 11A line.
After the sample temperature reaches the set temperature ± 0.1 ° C, keep it as it is for 10 minutes. After 10 minutes, the liquid judgment test tube 10a was taken out from the low temperature constant temperature water tank, immediately laid horizontally on a horizontal test table, and the time when the tip of the liquid level in the test tube moved from the 11A line to the 12B line was stopped with a stopwatch. Measure and record.
 同様に、温度20±5℃の大気圧下で24時間以上放置した試料についても、温度60±5℃の大気圧下で24時間以上放置した場合と同様に試験を実施し、試験管内の液面の先端が11A線から12B線まで移動した時間をストップウォッチで測定し、記録する。 Similarly, for a sample left for 24 hours or more under an atmospheric pressure of 20 ± 5 ° C., the test is carried out in the same manner as when the sample is left for 24 hours or more under an atmospheric pressure of 60 ± 5 ° C., and the liquid in the test tube is used. The time when the tip of the surface moves from the 11A line to the 12B line is measured and recorded with a stopwatch.
 20℃において、測定された時間が90秒以内のもの、又は20℃において測定された時間が90秒を超え、60℃において測定された時間が90秒以内のものも液状と判定する。
 60℃において、測定された時間が90秒を超えるものを固体状と判定する。
If the time measured at 20 ° C. is 90 seconds or less, or the time measured at 20 ° C. exceeds 90 seconds and the time measured at 60 ° C. is 90 seconds or less, it is determined to be liquid.
If the measured time exceeds 90 seconds at 60 ° C., it is determined to be solid.
 (B)成分としては、液状であり、(A)成分を硬化させる機能を有するものを用いることができる。このような液状硬化剤としては、通常、エチレン性不飽和結合を有し、且つ、ハイパーブランチ構造を有さない化合物を用いることができる。(B)成分は、例えば、アリル系液状硬化剤、マレイミド系液状硬化剤、(メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤、及びブタジエン系液状硬化剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましく、アリル系液状硬化剤であることがより好ましい。 As the component (B), a component that is liquid and has a function of curing the component (A) can be used. As such a liquid curing agent, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and not having a hyperbranched structure can be usually used. The component (B) is preferably at least one selected from, for example, an allyl-based liquid curing agent, a maleimide-based liquid curing agent, a (meth) acrylic-based liquid curing agent, and a butadiene-based liquid curing agent, and is preferably an allyl-based liquid. It is more preferably a curing agent.
 アリル系液状硬化剤とは、アリル基を分子中に少なくとも1つ有する化合物である。アリル基は、(A)成分におけるビニル基と反応し、(A)成分を硬化させる機能を有する。アリル系液状硬化剤は、1分子あたり1個以上のアリル基を有することが好ましく、2個以上のアリル基を有することがより好ましい。下限は特に制限されないが、好ましくは10個以下、より好ましくは5個以下とし得る。 The allyl-based liquid curing agent is a compound having at least one allyl group in the molecule. The allyl group has a function of reacting with the vinyl group in the component (A) and curing the component (A). The allyl-based liquid curing agent preferably has one or more allyl groups per molecule, and more preferably has two or more allyl groups. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but may be preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 5 or less.
 また、アリル系液状硬化剤は、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、アリル基に加えて、ベンゾオキサジン環、フェノール環、エポキシ基、及び環状構造を有するカルボン酸誘導体のいずれかを有することが好ましく、本発明の所望の効果をより顕著に得る観点から、ベンゾオキサジン環を有することがより好ましい。 Further, the allyl-based liquid curing agent contains any one of a benzoxazine ring, a phenol ring, an epoxy group, and a carboxylic acid derivative having a cyclic structure in addition to the allyl group from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. It is preferable to have a benzoxazine ring, and it is more preferable to have a benzoxazine ring from the viewpoint of obtaining the desired effect of the present invention more remarkably.
 ベンゾオキサジン環を有するアリル系液状硬化剤において、アリル基は、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、ベンゾオキサジン環を構成する窒素原子及びベンゾオキサジン環を構成する炭素原子のいずれかと結合していることが好ましく、炭素原子と結合していることがより好ましい。 In an allyl-based liquid curing agent having a benzoxazine ring, the allyl group is bonded to either a nitrogen atom constituting the benzoxazine ring or a carbon atom constituting the benzoxazine ring from the viewpoint of significantly obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. It is preferable that it is bonded to a carbon atom, and it is more preferable that it is bonded to a carbon atom.
 ベンゾオキサジン環を有するアリル系液状硬化剤としては、例えば、下記式(B-1)で表されるベンゾオキサジン環を有するアリル系液状硬化剤であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
式(B-1)中、R20、及びR21はアリル基を表し、R22はq価の基を表す。qは1~4の整数を表し、p1は0~4の整数を表し、p2は0~2の整数を表す。但し、p1及びp2のいずれかは1以上である。
As the allyl-based liquid curing agent having a benzoxazine ring, for example, an allyl-based liquid curing agent having a benzoxazine ring represented by the following formula (B-1) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
In formula (B-1), R 20 and R 21 represent an allyl group, and R 22 represents a q-valent group. q represents an integer of 1 to 4, p1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, and p2 represents an integer of 0 to 2. However, either p1 or p2 is 1 or more.
 R22が表すq価の基は、アリル基、q価の芳香族炭化水素基、q価の脂肪族炭化水素基、酸素原子、又はこれらの組み合わせからなるq価の基が好ましい。R22がアリル基を有する場合、アリル基はq価の芳香族炭化水素基及びq価の脂肪族炭化水素基のいずれかの置換基であってもよい。例えばqが2の場合、R22は、アリーレン基、アルキレン基、酸素原子、又はこれら2種以上の2価の基の組み合わせからなる基であることが好ましく、アリーレン基又は2種以上の2価の基の組み合わせからなる基であることがより好ましく、2種以上の2価の基の組み合わせからなる基であることがさらに好ましい。 The q-valent group represented by R 22 is preferably an allyl group, a q-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group, a q-valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an oxygen atom, or a q-valent group consisting of a combination thereof. When R 22 has an allyl group, the allyl group may be a substituent of either a q-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a q-valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group. For example, when q is 2, R 22 is preferably a group consisting of an arylene group, an alkylene group, an oxygen atom, or a combination of two or more divalent groups thereof, and an arylene group or two or more divalent groups. It is more preferable that the group is composed of a combination of two or more divalent groups, and further preferably, it is a group composed of a combination of two or more kinds of divalent groups.
 R22におけるアリーレン基としては、炭素原子数6~20のアリーレン基が好ましく、炭素原子数6~15のアリーレン基がより好ましく、炭素原子数6~12のアリーレン基がさらに好ましい。アリーレン基の具体例としては、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基、アントラセニレン基、ビフェニレン基等が挙げられ、フェニレン基が好ましい。 As the arylene group in R 22, an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, an arylene group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an arylene group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is further preferable. Specific examples of the arylene group include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, an anthrasenylene group, a biphenylene group and the like, and a phenylene group is preferable.
 R22におけるアルキレン基としては、炭素原子数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~6のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素原子数1~3のアルキレン基がさらに好ましい。アルキレン基の具体例としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基などが挙げられ、メチレン基が好ましい。 As the alkylene group in R 22, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is further preferable. Specific examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group and the like, and a methylene group is preferable.
 R22における2種以上の2価の基の組み合わせからなる基としては、例えば、1以上のアリーレン基と1以上の酸素原子とが結合した基;例えば、アリーレン-アルキレン-アリーレン構造を有する基等の1以上のアリーレン基と1以上のアルキレン基とが結合した基;1以上のアルキレン基と1以上の酸素原子とが結合した基;1以上のアリーレン基と1以上のアルキレン基と1以上の酸素原子とが結合した基等が挙げられ、1以上のアリーレン基と1以上の酸素原子とが結合した基、1以上のアリーレン基と1以上のアルキレン基とが結合した基が好ましい。 Examples of the group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups in R 22 include a group in which one or more arylene groups and one or more oxygen atoms are bonded; for example, a group having an arylene-alkylene-arylene structure. 1 or more arylene groups and 1 or more alkylene groups bonded; 1 or more alkylene groups and 1 or more oxygen atoms bonded; 1 or more arylene groups, 1 or more alkylene groups and 1 or more Examples thereof include a group in which an oxygen atom is bonded, and a group in which one or more arylene groups and one or more oxygen atoms are bonded is preferable, and a group in which one or more arylene groups and one or more alkylene groups are bonded is preferable.
 qは1~4の整数を表し、1~3の整数を表すことが好ましく、1又は2を表すことがより好ましい。 Q represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2.
 p1は0~4の整数を表し、0~2の整数を表すことが好ましく、0又は1を表すことがより好ましく、1がさらに好ましい。p2は0~2の整数を表し、0又は1を表し、0が好ましい。 P1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and even more preferably 1. p2 represents an integer of 0 to 2, represents 0 or 1, and 0 is preferred.
 フェノール環を有するアリル系液状硬化剤としては、例えば、アリル基を含むクレゾール樹脂、アリル基を含むノボラック型フェノール樹脂、アリル基を含むクレゾールノボラック樹脂等が挙げられる。中でも、フェノール環を有するアリル系液状硬化剤としては、下記式(B-2)で表されるフェノール環を有するアリル系液状硬化剤であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
式(B-2)中、R23、R24、及びR25はそれぞれ独立にアリル基を表し、s1はそれぞれ独立に0~4の整数を表し、s2はそれぞれ独立に0~3の整数を表し、rは0~3の整数を表す。但し、rが0の場合s1は1以上であり、rが1以上の場合s1及びs2の少なくとも1つは1以上である。
Examples of the allyl-based liquid curing agent having an allyl ring include a cresol resin containing an allyl group, a novolak-type phenol resin containing an allyl group, and a cresol novolak resin containing an allyl group. Among them, the allyl-based liquid curing agent having a phenol ring is preferably an allyl-based liquid curing agent having a phenol ring represented by the following formula (B-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
In formula (B-2), R 23 , R 24 , and R 25 each independently represent an allyl group, s1 independently represents an integer of 0 to 4, and s2 independently represents an integer of 0 to 3. It represents, and r represents an integer of 0 to 3. However, when r is 0, s1 is 1 or more, and when r is 1 or more, at least one of s1 and s2 is 1 or more.
 R23~R25はそれぞれ独立にアリル基を表す。式(B-2)中、アリル基の個数は、好ましくは1個以上、より好ましくは2個以上、さらに好ましくは3個以上、好ましくは25個以下、より好ましくは10個以下、さらに好ましくは5個以下である。 R 23 to R 25 each independently represent an allyl group. In the formula (B-2), the number of allyl groups is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, still more preferably 3 or more, preferably 25 or less, more preferably 10 or less, still more preferably. 5 or less.
 s1は、それぞれ独立に0~4の整数を表し、好ましくは1~3の整数を表し、より好ましくは1~2の整数を表す。 S1 independently represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
 s2は、それぞれ独立に0~3の整数を表し、好ましくは1~3の整数を表し、より好ましくは1~2の整数を表す。 S2 independently represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
 rは、0~3の整数を表し、好ましくは0~2の整数を表し、より好ましくは1~2の整数を表す。 R represents an integer of 0 to 3, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
 エポキシ基を有するアリル系液状硬化剤は、エポキシ基を1分子中に2個以上含むことが好ましい。また、エポキシ基を有するアリル系液状硬化剤は、芳香族構造を有することが好ましく、エポキシ基を有するアリル系液状硬化剤を2種以上用いる場合は少なくとも1種が芳香族構造を有することがより好ましい。エポキシ基を有するアリル系液状硬化剤としては、ビスフェノール構造を有することが好ましく、ビスフェノール構造としては、例えば、ビスフェノールA型、ビスフェノールF型、ビスフェノールAF型等が挙げられ、中でも、本発明の効果を顕著に得る観点から、ビスフェノールA型が好ましい。 The allyl liquid curing agent having an epoxy group preferably contains two or more epoxy groups in one molecule. Further, the allyl-based liquid curing agent having an epoxy group preferably has an aromatic structure, and when two or more kinds of allyl-based liquid curing agents having an epoxy group are used, at least one kind has an aromatic structure. preferable. The allyl-based liquid curing agent having an epoxy group preferably has a bisphenol structure, and examples of the bisphenol structure include bisphenol A type, bisphenol F type, bisphenol AF type, and the like, among which the effects of the present invention can be achieved. The bisphenol A type is preferable from the viewpoint of obtaining remarkably.
 環状構造を有するカルボン酸誘導体を有するアリル系液状硬化剤としては、環状構造を有するカルボン酸アリルが好ましい。環状構造としては、脂環式構造を含む環状基及び芳香環構造を含む環状基のいずれであってもよい。また、環状基は、炭素原子以外にヘテロ原子により環の骨格が構成されていてもよい。ヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子等が挙げられ、窒素原子が好ましい。ヘテロ原子は前記の環に1つ有していてもよく、2つ以上を有していてもよい。環状構造を有するカルボン酸誘導体は、環状構造によるネットワーク構造により、樹脂ワニスの相溶性、及び分散性が向上し、その結果、ラミネート性を向上させることが可能となり、さらに密着性に優れる硬化物を得ることが可能となる。 As the allyl-based liquid curing agent having a carboxylic acid derivative having a cyclic structure, allyl carboxylate having a cyclic structure is preferable. The cyclic structure may be either a cyclic group containing an alicyclic structure or a cyclic group containing an aromatic ring structure. Further, the cyclic group may have a ring skeleton formed of a hetero atom other than the carbon atom. Examples of the hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom and the like, and a nitrogen atom is preferable. The heteroatom may have one in the ring or two or more. The carboxylic acid derivative having a cyclic structure has a network structure with a cyclic structure, which improves the compatibility and dispersibility of the resin varnish, and as a result, it is possible to improve the laminateability, and a cured product having further excellent adhesion can be obtained. It will be possible to obtain.
 環状構造を有するカルボン酸としては、例えば、イソシアヌル酸、ジフェン酸、フタル酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸等が挙げられる。環状構造を有するカルボン酸誘導体を有するアリル系液状硬化剤としては、例えば、イソシアヌル酸アリル、イソシアヌル酸ジアリル、イソシアヌル酸トリアリル、ジフェン酸ジアリル、ジフェン酸アリル、オルトジアリルフタレート、メタジアリルフタレート、パラジアリルフタレート、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸アリル、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸ジアリル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the carboxylic acid having a cyclic structure include isocyanuric acid, diphenic acid, phthalic acid, cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid and the like. Examples of the allyl-based liquid curing agent having a carboxylic acid derivative having a cyclic structure include allyl isocyanurate, diallyl isocyanurate, triallyl isocyanurate, diallyl diphenate, allyl diphenylate, orthodialyl phthalate, metadialyl phthalate, and paradialyl phthalate. , Cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid allyl, cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid diallyl and the like.
 アリル系液状硬化剤は、市販品を用いることができる。市販品としては、例えば、明和化成社製「MEH-8000H」、「MEH-8005」(フェノール環を有するアリル系液状硬化剤);日本化薬社製「RE-810NM」(エポキシ基を有するアリル系液状硬化剤);四国化成工業社製「ALP-d」(ベンゾオキサジン環を有するアリル系液状硬化剤);四国化成工業社製「L-DAIC」(イソシアヌル環を有するアリル系液状硬化剤);日本化成社製「TAIC」(イソシアヌル環を有するアリル系液状硬化剤(トリアリルイソシアヌレート));大阪ソーダ社製「MDAC」(シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸誘導体を有するアリル系液状硬化剤);日触テクノファインケミカル社製「DAD」(ジフェン酸ジアリル);大阪ソーダ社製「ダイソーダップモノマー」(オルトジアリルフタレート)等が挙げられる。 A commercially available product can be used as the allyl-based liquid curing agent. Examples of commercially available products include "MEH-8000H" and "MEH-8005" manufactured by Meiwa Kasei Co., Ltd. (allyl-based liquid curing agent having a phenol ring); "RE-810NM" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. (allyl having an epoxy group). Liquid curing agent); "ALP-d" manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd. (allyl-based liquid curing agent having a benzoxazine ring); "L-DAIC" manufactured by Shikoku Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd. (allyl-based liquid curing agent having an isocyanul ring) "TAIC" manufactured by Nippon Kasei Co., Ltd. (allyl-based liquid curing agent having an isocyanul ring (triallyl isocyanurate)); "MDAC" manufactured by Osaka Soda Co., Ltd. (allyl-based liquid curing agent having a cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid derivative); Examples thereof include "DAD" (diallyl diphenate) manufactured by Fine Chemicals Co., Ltd .; "Daisodap Monomer" (orthodiallyl phthalate) manufactured by Osaka Soda Co., Ltd.
 アリル系液状硬化剤のアリル基当量は、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、好ましくは20g/eq.~1000g/eq.、より好ましくは50g/eq.~500g/eq.、さらに好ましくは100g/eq.~300g/eq.である。アリル基当量は、1当量のアリル基を含むアリル液状硬化剤の質量である。 The allyl group equivalent of the allyl-based liquid curing agent is preferably 20 g / eq. From the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. ~ 1000 g / eq. , More preferably 50 g / eq. ~ 500 g / eq. , More preferably 100 g / eq. ~ 300 g / eq. Is. The allyl group equivalent is the mass of the allyl liquid curing agent containing 1 equivalent of allyl groups.
 マレイミド系液状硬化剤とは、マレイミド基を分子中に少なくとも1つ有する化合物である。 The maleimide-based liquid curing agent is a compound having at least one maleimide group in the molecule.
 マレイミド系液状硬化剤は、炭素原子数が5以上の脂肪族基を含むことが好ましい。脂肪族基としては、炭素原子数が5以上のアルキル基、炭素原子数が5以上のアルキレン基、及び炭素原子数が5以上のアルキニレン基の少なくともいずれかを含むことが好ましい。 The maleimide-based liquid curing agent preferably contains an aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms. The aliphatic group preferably contains at least one of an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms, an alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms, and an alkynylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms.
 炭素原子数が5以上のアルキル基の炭素原子数は、好ましくは6以上、より好ましくは8以上、好ましくは50以下、より好ましくは45以下、さらに好ましくは40以下である。このアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、環状のいずれであってもよく、中でも直鎖状が好ましい。このようなアルキル基としては、例えば、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基等が挙げられる。炭素原子数が5以上のアルキル基は、炭素原子数が5以上のアルキレン基の置換基として有していてもよい。 The number of carbon atoms of an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 45 or less, still more preferably 40 or less. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and the linear group is preferable. Examples of such an alkyl group include a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group and the like. The alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms may have as a substituent of the alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms.
 炭素原子数が5以上のアルキレン基の炭素原子数は、好ましくは6以上、より好ましくは8以上、好ましくは50以下、より好ましくは45以下、さらに好ましくは40以下である。このアルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、環状のいずれであってもよく、中でも直鎖状が好ましい。ここで、環状のアルキレン基とは、環状のアルキレン基のみからなる場合と、直鎖状のアルキレン基と環状のアルキレン基との両方を含む場合も含める概念である。このようなアルキレン基としては、例えば、ペンチレン基、ヘキシレン基、ヘプチレン基、オクチレン基、ノニレン基、デシレン基、ウンデシレン基、ドデシレン基、トリデシレン基、ヘプタデシレン基、ヘキサトリアコンチレン基、オクチレン-シクロヘキシレン構造を有する基、オクチレン-シクロヘキシレン-オクチレン構造を有する基、プロピレン-シクロヘキシレン-オクチレン構造を有する基等が挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 45 or less, still more preferably 40 or less. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and the linear group is preferable. Here, the cyclic alkylene group is a concept including a case where it is composed of only a cyclic alkylene group and a case where it contains both a linear alkylene group and a cyclic alkylene group. Examples of such an alkylene group include a pentylene group, a hexylene group, a heptylene group, an octylene group, a nonylene group, a decylene group, an undecylene group, a dodecylene group, a tridecylene group, a heptadecylene group, a hexatriacontylene group and an octylene-cyclohexylene. Examples thereof include a group having a structure, a group having an octylene-cyclohexylene-octylene structure, a group having a propylene-cyclohexylene-octylene structure, and the like.
 炭素原子数が5以上のアルキニレン基の炭素原子数は、好ましくは6以上、より好ましくは8以上、好ましくは50以下、より好ましくは45以下、さらに好ましくは40以下である。このアルキニレン基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、環状のいずれであってもよく、中でも直鎖状が好ましい。ここで、環状のアルキニレン基とは、環状のアルキニレン基のみからなる場合と、直鎖状のアルキニレン基と環状のアルキニレン基との両方を含む場合も含める概念である。このようなアルキニレン基としては、例えば、ペンチニレン基、ヘキシニレン基、ヘプチニレン基、オクチニレン基、ノニニレン基、デシニレン基、ウンデシニレン基、ドデシニレン基、トリデシニレン基、ヘプタデシニレン基、ヘキサトリアコンチニレン基、オクチニレン-シクロヘキシニレン構造を有する基、オクチニレン-シクロヘキシニレン-オクチニレン構造を有する基、プロピニレン-シクロヘキシニレン-オクチニレン構造を有する基等が挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkynylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 45 or less, still more preferably 40 or less. The alkynylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and the linear group is preferable. Here, the cyclic alkynylene group is a concept including a case where it is composed of only a cyclic alkynylene group and a case where it contains both a linear alkynylene group and a cyclic alkynylene group. Examples of such an alkynylene group include a pentynylene group, a hexynylene group, a heptinylene group, an octinilen group, a nonynylene group, a decinilen group, an undecinylene group, a dodecinylene group, a tridecinylene group, a heptadecynylene group, a hexatriacontinylene group, and an octynelen-cyclohexylene group. Examples thereof include a group having a len structure, a group having an octinilen-cyclohexinylene-octinilen structure, a group having a propynylene-cyclohexynylene-octinilen structure, and the like.
 マレイミド系液状硬化剤は、本発明の効果を顕著に得る観点から、炭素原子数が5以上のアルキニレン基及び炭素原子数が5以上のアルキレン基の両方を含むことが好ましい。 The maleimide-based liquid curing agent preferably contains both an alkynylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms and an alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention.
 炭素原子数が5以上の脂肪族基は、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよく、環構造は、スピロ環や縮合環も含む。互いに結合して形成された環としては、例えば、シクロヘキサン環等が挙げられる。 Aliphatic groups having 5 or more carbon atoms may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring structure also includes a spiro ring and a condensed ring. Examples of the ring formed by bonding with each other include a cyclohexane ring and the like.
 炭素原子数が5以上の脂肪族基は、置換基を有していないことが好ましいが、置換基を有していてもよい。 The aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms preferably does not have a substituent, but may have a substituent.
 置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、-OH、-O-C1-10アルキル基、-N(C1-10アルキル基)、C1-10アルキル基、C6-10アリール基、-NH、-CN、-C(O)O-C1-10アルキル基、-COOH、-C(O)H、-NO等が挙げられる。ここで、「Cx-y」(x及びyは正の整数であり、x<yを満たす。)という用語は、この用語の直後に記載された有機基の炭素原子数がx~yであることを表す。例えば、「C1-10アルキル基」という表現は、炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基を示す。これら置換基は、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよく、環構造は、スピロ環や縮合環も含む。 Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, -OH, -OC 1-10 alkyl group, -N (C 1-10 alkyl group) 2 , C 1-10 alkyl group, C 6-10 aryl group, and-. Examples thereof include NH 2 , -CN, -C (O) OC 1-10 alkyl group, -COOH, -C (O) H, -NO 2 and the like. Here, the term "C x-y " (x and y are positive integers and satisfy x <y) is described immediately after this term in that the number of carbon atoms of the organic group is xy to xy. Represents that there is. For example, the expression "C 1-10 alkyl group" indicates an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. These substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring structure also includes a spiro ring and a condensed ring.
 マレイミド系液状硬化剤において、炭素原子数が5以上の脂肪族基は、マレイミド基の窒素原子に直接結合していることが好ましい。 In the maleimide-based liquid curing agent, it is preferable that the aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms is directly bonded to the nitrogen atom of the maleimide group.
 マレイミド系液状硬化剤の1分子当たりのマレイミド基の数は、1個でもよいが、好ましくは2個以上であり、好ましくは10個以下、より好ましく6個以下、特に好ましくは3個以下である。1分子当たり2個以上のマレイミド基を有するマレイミド系液状硬化剤を用いることにより、本発明の効果を顕著に得ることができる。 The number of maleimide groups per molecule of the maleimide-based liquid curing agent may be 1, but is preferably 2 or more, preferably 10 or less, more preferably 6 or less, and particularly preferably 3 or less. .. By using a maleimide-based liquid curing agent having two or more maleimide groups per molecule, the effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained.
 マレイミド系液状硬化剤は、下記一般式(B-3)で表されるマレイミド系液状硬化剤であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
一般式(B-3)中、Mは置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数が5以上の2価の脂肪族基を表し、Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
The maleimide-based liquid curing agent is preferably a maleimide-based liquid curing agent represented by the following general formula (B-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
In the general formula (B-3), M represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
 Mは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数が5以上の2価の脂肪族基を表す。Mの2価の脂肪族基は、炭素原子数が5以上のアルキレン基、及び炭素原子数が5以上のアルキニレン基等が挙げられ、炭素原子数が5以上のアルキレン基、及び炭素原子数が5以上のアルキニレン基については上記したとおりである。Mの置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、-OH、-O-C1-10アルキル基、-N(C1-10アルキル基)、C1-10アルキル基、C6-10アリール基、-NH、-CN、-C(O)O-C1-10アルキル基、-COOH、-C(O)H、-NO等が挙げられる。ここで、「Cx-y」(x及びyは正の整数であり、x<yを満たす。)という用語は、この用語の直後に記載された有機基の炭素原子数がx~yであることを表す。例えば、「C1-10アルキル基」という表現は、炭素原子数1~10のアルキル基を示す。これら置換基は、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよく、環構造は、スピロ環や縮合環も含む。置換基は、好ましくは炭素原子数が5以上のアルキル基である。 M represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Examples of the divalent aliphatic group of M include an alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms, an alkynylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms, an alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms, and an alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms. The alkynylene groups of 5 or more are as described above. Examples of the substituent of M include a halogen atom, -OH, -OC 1-10 alkyl group, -N (C 1-10 alkyl group) 2 , C 1-10 alkyl group, and C 6-10 aryl group. , -NH 2 , -CN, -C (O) OC 1-10 alkyl group, -COOH, -C (O) H, -NO 2 and the like. Here, the term "C x-y " (x and y are positive integers and satisfy x <y) is described immediately after this term in that the number of carbon atoms of the organic group is xy to xy. Represents that there is. For example, the expression "C 1-10 alkyl group" indicates an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. These substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and the ring structure also includes a spiro ring and a condensed ring. The substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms.
 Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、アリーレン基、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-NR-(Rは水素原子、炭素原子数1~3のアルキル基)、酸素原子、硫黄原子、C(=O)NR-、フタルイミド由来の2価の基、ピロメリット酸ジイミド由来の2価の基、及びこれら2種以上の2価の基の組み合わせからなる基等が挙げられる。アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、アリーレン基、フタルイミド由来の2価の基、ピロメリット酸ジイミド由来の2価の基、及び2種以上の2価の基の組み合わせからなる基は、炭素原子数が5以上のアルキル基を置換基として有していてもよい。フタルイミド由来の2価の基とは、フタルイミドから誘導される2価の基を表し、具体的には一般式(A)で表される基である。ピロメリット酸ジイミド由来の2価の基とは、ピロメリット酸ジイミドから誘導される2価の基を表し、具体的には一般式(B)で表される基である。式中、「*」は結合手を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group includes an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, an arylene group, -C (= O)-, -C (= O) -O-, and -NR 0- (R 0 is a hydrogen atom and carbon. Alkyl group with 1 to 3 atoms), oxygen atom, sulfur atom, C (= O) NR 0- , divalent group derived from phthalimide, divalent group derived from diimide pyromellitic acid, and two or more of these. Examples thereof include a group consisting of a combination of divalent groups. A group consisting of an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, an arylene group, a divalent group derived from phthalimide, a divalent group derived from diimide pyromellitic acid, and a combination of two or more divalent groups has a carbon atom number. May have 5 or more alkyl groups as substituents. The phthalimide-derived divalent group represents a divalent group derived from phthalimide, and specifically, is a group represented by the general formula (A). The divalent group derived from diimide pyromellitic acid represents a divalent group derived from diimide pyromellitic acid, and specifically, is a group represented by the general formula (B). In the formula, "*" represents a bond.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 Lにおける2価の連結基としてのアルキレン基は、炭素原子数1~50のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~45のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素原子数1~40のアルキレン基が特に好ましい。このアルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、環状のいずれであってもよい。このようなアルキレン基としては、例えば、メチルエチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、ペンチレン基、ヘキシレン基、ヘプチレン基、オクチレン基、ノニレン基、デシレン基、ウンデシレン基、ドデシレン基、トリデシレン基、ヘプタデシレン基、ヘキサトリアコンチレン基、オクチレン-シクロヘキシレン構造を有する基、オクチレン-シクロヘキシレン-オクチレン構造を有する基、プロピレン-シクロヘキシレン-オクチレン構造を有する基等が挙げられる。 The alkylene group as the divalent linking group in L is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 45 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms. .. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such an alkylene group include a methylethylene group, a cyclohexylene group, a pentylene group, a hexylene group, a heptylene group, an octylene group, a nonylene group, a decylene group, an undecylene group, a dodecylene group, a tridecylene group, a heptadecylene group and a hexatria. Examples thereof include a contylene group, a group having an octylene-cyclohexylene structure, a group having an octylene-cyclohexylene-octylene structure, a group having a propylene-cyclohexylene-octylene structure and the like.
 Lにおける2価の連結基としてのアルケニレン基は、炭素原子数2~50のアルケニレン基が好ましく、炭素原子数2~45のアルケニレン基がより好ましく、炭素原子数2~40のアルケニレン基が特に好ましい。このアルケニレン基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、環状のいずれであってもよい。このようなアルケニレン基としては、例えば、メチルエチレニレン基、シクロヘキセニレン基、ペンテニレン基、へキセニレン基、ヘプテニレン基、オクテニレン基等が挙げられる。 The alkenylene group as the divalent linking group in L is preferably an alkenylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkenylene group having 2 to 45 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkenylene group having 2 to 40 carbon atoms. .. The alkenylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such an alkenylene group include a methylethyleneylene group, a cyclohexenylene group, a pentenylene group, a hexenylene group, a heptenylene group, an octenylene group and the like.
 Lにおける2価の連結基としてのアルキニレン基は、炭素原子数2~50のアルキニレン基が好ましく、炭素原子数2~45のアルキニレン基がより好ましく、炭素原子数2~40のアルキニレン基が特に好ましい。このアルキニレン基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、環状のいずれであってもよい。このようなアルキニレン基としては、例えば、メチルエチニレン基、シクロヘキシニレン基、ペンチニレン基、へキシニレン基、ヘプチニレン基、オクチニレン基等が挙げられる。 The alkynylene group as the divalent linking group in L is preferably an alkynylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkynylene group having 2 to 45 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkynylene group having 2 to 40 carbon atoms. .. The alkynylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such an alkynylene group include a methylethynylene group, a cyclohexynylene group, a pentynylene group, a hexynylene group, a heptinylene group, an octynylene group and the like.
 Lにおける2価の連結基としてのアリーレン基は、炭素原子数6~24のアリーレン基が好ましく、炭素原子数6~18のアリーレン基がより好ましく、炭素原子数6~14のアリーレン基がさらに好ましく、炭素原子数6~10のアリーレン基がさらにより好ましい。アリーレン基としては、例えば、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基、アントラセニレン基等が挙げられる。 The arylene group as the divalent linking group in L is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms. , An arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is even more preferable. Examples of the arylene group include a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, an anthrasenylene group and the like.
 Lにおける2価の連結基であるアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、及びアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、一般式(B-3)中のMの置換基と同様であり、好ましくは炭素原子数が5以上のアルキル基である。 The alkylene group, alkenylene group, alkynylene group, and arylene group, which are divalent linking groups in L, may have a substituent. The substituent is the same as the substituent of M in the general formula (B-3), and is preferably an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms.
 Lにおける2種以上の2価の基の組み合わせからなる基としては、例えば、アルキレン基、フタルイミド由来の2価の基及び酸素原子との組み合わせからなる2価の基;フタルイミド由来の2価の基、酸素原子、アリーレン基及びアルキレン基の組み合わせからなる2価の基;アルキレン基及びピロメリット酸ジイミド由来の2価の基の組み合わせからなる2価の基;等が挙げられる。2種以上の2価の基の組み合わせからなる基は、それぞれの基の組み合わせにより縮合環等の環を形成してもよい。また、2種以上の2価の基の組み合わせからなる基は、繰り返し単位数が1~10の繰り返し単位であってもよい。 Examples of the group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups in L include an alkylene group, a divalent group derived from phthalimide, and a divalent group consisting of a combination with an oxygen atom; a divalent group derived from phthalimide. , A divalent group consisting of a combination of an oxygen atom, an arylene group and an alkylene group; a divalent group consisting of a combination of an alkylene group and a divalent group derived from pyromellitic acid diimide; and the like. A group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups may form a ring such as a fused ring by the combination of the respective groups. Further, the group composed of a combination of two or more kinds of divalent groups may be a repeating unit having 1 to 10 repeating units.
 中でも、一般式(B-3)中のLとしては、酸素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数6~24のアリーレン基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数が1~50のアルキレン基、炭素原子数が5以上のアルキル基、フタルイミド由来の2価の基、ピロメリット酸ジイミド由来の2価の基、又はこれらの基の2以上の組み合わせからなる2価の基であることが好ましい。中でも、Lとしては、アルキレン基;アルキレン基-フタルイミド由来の2価の基-酸素原子-フタルイミド由来の2価の基の構造を有する2価の基;アルキレン基-フタルイミド由来の2価の基-酸素原子-アリーレン基-アルキレン基-アリーレン基-酸素原子-フタルイミド由来の2価の基の構造を有する2価の基;アルキレン-ピロメリット酸ジイミド由来の2価の基の構造を有する2価の基;アルキニレン基-フタルイミド由来の2価の基-酸素原子-フタルイミド由来の2価の基の構造を有する2価の基;アルキニレン基-フタルイミド由来の2価の基-酸素原子-アリーレン基-アルキニレン基-アリーレン基-酸素原子-フタルイミド由来の2価の基の構造を有する2価の基;アルキニレン-ピロメリット酸ジイミド由来の2価の基の構造を有する2価の基がより好ましい。 Among them, L in the general formula (B-3) includes an oxygen atom, an arylene group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a carbon atom which may have a substituent. A divalent group consisting of 1 to 50 alkylene groups, an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms, a divalent group derived from phthalimide, a divalent group derived from diimide pyromellitic acid, or a combination of 2 or more of these groups. It is preferably a group. Among them, L is an alkylene group; an alkylene group-a divalent group derived from phthalimide-an oxygen atom-a divalent group having a structure of a divalent group derived from phthalimide; an alkylene group-a divalent group derived from phthalimide- Oxygen atom-allylen group-alkylene group-allylen group-oxygen atom-divalent group having a divalent group structure derived from phthalimide; divalent group having a divalent group structure derived from alkylene-pyramellitic acid diimide Group; alkynylene group-divalent group derived from phthalimide-oxygen atom-divalent group having a divalent group structure derived from phthalimide; alkynylene group-divalent group derived from phthalimide-oxygen atom-allylen group-alkynylene A divalent group having a divalent group structure derived from a group-allylen group-oxygen atom-phthalimide; a divalent group having a divalent group structure derived from alkynylene-pyromellitic acid diimide is more preferable.
 一般式(B-3)で表されるマレイミド系液状硬化剤は、一般式(B-4)で表されるマレイミド系液状硬化剤であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
一般式(B-4)中、Mはそれぞれ独立に置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数が5以上の2価の脂肪族基を表し、Aはそれぞれ独立に置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数が5以上の2価の脂肪族基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香環を有する2価の基を表す。tは1~10の整数を表す。
The maleimide-based liquid curing agent represented by the general formula (B-3) is preferably a maleimide-based liquid curing agent represented by the general formula (B-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
In the general formula (B-4), M 1 represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent independently, and A has a substituent independently. It represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may be present, or a divalent group having an aromatic ring which may have a substituent. t represents an integer from 1 to 10.
 Mはそれぞれ独立に置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数が5以上の2価の脂肪族基を表す。Mは、一般式(B-3)中のMと同様である。 M 1 represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms, each of which may have a substituent independently. M 1 is the same as M in the general formula (B-3).
 Aはそれぞれ独立に置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数が5以上の2価の脂肪族基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香環を有する2価の基を表す。Aの2価の脂肪族基は、例えばアルキレン基、アルケニレン基等が挙げられる。Aにおける脂肪族基としては、鎖状、分岐鎖状、環状のいずれであってもよく、中でも環状、即ち置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数が5以上の環状の脂肪族基が好ましい。アルキレン基の炭素原子数は、好ましくは6以上、より好ましくは8以上、好ましくは50以下、より好ましくは45以下、さらに好ましくは40以下である。このようなアルキレン基としては、例えば、オクチレン-シクロヘキシレン構造を有する基、オクチレン-シクロヘキシレン-オクチレン構造を有する基、プロピレン-シクロヘキシレン-オクチレン構造を有する基等が挙げられる。 A represents a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may independently have a substituent or a divalent group having an aromatic ring which may have a substituent. Examples of the divalent aliphatic group of A include an alkylene group and an alkenylene group. The aliphatic group in A may be chain-shaped, branched-chain-shaped, or cyclic, and among them, a cyclic, that is, a cyclic aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent is used. preferable. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 45 or less, still more preferably 40 or less. Examples of such an alkylene group include a group having an octylene-cyclohexylene structure, a group having an octylene-cyclohexylene-octylene structure, a group having a propylene-cyclohexylene-octylene structure, and the like.
 Aにおけるアルケニレン基の炭素原子数は、好ましくは6以上、より好ましくは8以上、好ましくは50以下、より好ましくは45以下、さらに好ましくは40以下である。このようなアルケニレン基としては、例えば、ペンチニレン基、ヘキシニレン基、ヘプチレニレン基、オクチニレン基、ノニニレン基、デシニレン基、ウンデシニレン基、ドデシニレン基、トリデシニレン基、ヘプタデシニレン基、ヘキサトリアコンチニレン基、オクチニレン-シクロヘキシニレン構造を有する基、オクチニレン-シクロヘキシニレン-オクチニレン構造を有する基、プロピニレン-シクロヘキシニレン-オクチニレン構造を有する基等が挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms of the alkenylene group in A is preferably 6 or more, more preferably 8 or more, preferably 50 or less, more preferably 45 or less, still more preferably 40 or less. Examples of such an alkenylene group include a pentynylene group, a hexynylene group, a heptyrenylene group, an octinilen group, a noniniylene group, a decinilen group, an undecinylene group, a dodecinylene group, a tridecinylene group, a heptadecynylene group, a hexatriacontinylene group, and an octynelen-cyclohexylene. Examples thereof include a group having a len structure, a group having an octinilen-cyclohexinylene-octinilen structure, a group having a propynylene-cyclohexynylene-octinilen structure, and the like.
 Aが表す芳香環を有する2価の基における芳香環としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フタルイミド環、ピロメリット酸ジイミド環、芳香族複素環等が挙げられ、ベンゼン環、フタルイミド環、ピロメリット酸ジイミド環が好ましい。即ち、芳香環を有する2価の基としては、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環を有する2価の基、置換基を有していてもよいフタルイミド環を有する2価の基、置換基を有していてもよいピロメリット酸ジイミド環を有する2価の基が好ましい。芳香環を有する2価の基としては、例えば、フタルイミド由来の2価の基及び酸素原子との組み合わせからなる基;フタルイミド由来の2価の基、酸素原子、アリーレン基及びアルキレン基の組み合わせからなる基;アルキレン基及びピロメリット酸ジイミド由来の2価の基の組み合わせからなる基;ピロメリット酸ジイミド由来の2価の基;フタルイミド由来の2価の基及びアルキレン基の組み合わせからなる基;等が挙げられる。上記アリーレン基及びアルキレン基は、一般式(B-3)中のLが表す2価の連結基におけるアリーレン基及びアルキレン基と同様である。 Examples of the aromatic ring in the divalent group having the aromatic ring represented by A include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phthalimide ring, a diimide ring of pyromellitic acid, an aromatic heterocycle, and the like, and a benzene ring and a phthalimide. Rings and diimide rings of pyromellitic acids are preferable. That is, as the divalent group having an aromatic ring, a divalent group having a benzene ring which may have a substituent, a divalent group having a phthalimide ring which may have a substituent, and a substitution group. A divalent group having a diimide ring of pyromellitic acid, which may have a group, is preferable. The divalent group having an aromatic ring is, for example, a group composed of a combination of a divalent group derived from phthalimide and an oxygen atom; a divalent group derived from phthalimide, an oxygen atom, an arylene group and an alkylene group. Group; a group consisting of a combination of an alkylene group and a divalent group derived from pyromellitic acid diimide; a divalent group derived from diimide pyromellitic acid; a group consisting of a combination of a divalent group derived from phthalimide and an alkylene group; etc. Can be mentioned. The arylene group and the alkylene group are the same as the arylene group and the alkylene group in the divalent linking group represented by L in the general formula (B-3).
 Aが表す、2価の脂肪族基及び芳香環を有する2価の基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上記した式(B-3)中のMが表す置換基と同様である。 The divalent aliphatic group represented by A and the divalent group having an aromatic ring may have a substituent. The substituent is the same as the substituent represented by M in the above formula (B-3).
 Aが表す基の具体例としては、以下の基を挙げることができる。式中、「*」は結合手を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Specific examples of the group represented by A include the following groups. In the formula, "*" represents a bond.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 一般式(B-3)で表されるマレイミド系液状硬化剤は、一般式(B-5)で表されるマレイミド系液状硬化剤、及び一般式(B-6)で表されるマレイミド系液状硬化剤のいずれかであることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
一般式(B-5)中、M及びMはそれぞれ独立に置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数が5以上の2価の脂肪族基を表し、R30はそれぞれ独立に、酸素原子、アリーレン基、アルキレン基、又はこれらの基の2以上の組み合わせからなる2価の基を表す。t1は1~10の整数を表す。
一般式(B-6)中、M、M及びMはそれぞれ独立に置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数が5以上のアルキレン基を表し、Mはそれぞれ独立に置換基を有していてもよい芳香環を有する2価の基を表し、R31及びR32はそれぞれ独立に炭素原子数が5以上のアルキル基を表す。t2は0~10の整数を表し、u1及びu2はそれぞれ独立に0~4の整数を表す。
The maleimide-based liquid curing agent represented by the general formula (B-3) is a maleimide-based liquid curing agent represented by the general formula (B-5) and a maleimide-based liquid represented by the general formula (B-6). It is preferably one of the curing agents.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
In the general formula (B-5), M 2 and M 3 each represent a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent independently, and R 30 is an independent group. Represents a divalent group consisting of an oxygen atom, an arylene group, an alkylene group, or a combination of two or more of these groups. t1 represents an integer from 1 to 10.
In the general formula (B-6), M 4 , M 6 and M 7 each represent an alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may independently have a substituent, and M 5 is an independent substituent. Represents a divalent group having an aromatic ring which may have, and R 31 and R 32 each independently represent an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms. t2 represents an integer of 0 to 10, and u1 and u2 independently represent an integer of 0 to 4.
 M及びMはそれぞれ独立に置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数が5以上の2価の脂肪族基を表す。M及びMは、一般式(B-3)中のMが表す炭素原子数が5以上の2価の脂肪族基と同様であり、ヘキサトリアコンチニレン基が好ましい。 M 2 and M 3 each represent a divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent independently. M 2 and M 3 are the same as the divalent aliphatic group having 5 or more carbon atoms represented by M in the general formula (B-3), and a hexatriacontinylene group is preferable.
 R30はそれぞれ独立に、酸素原子、アリーレン基、アルキレン基、又はこれら2種以上の2価の基の組み合わせからなる基を表す。アリーレン基、アルキレン基は、一般式(B-3)中のLが表す2価の連結基におけるアリーレン基及びアルキレン基と同様である。R30としては、2種以上の2価の基の組み合わせからなる基又は酸素原子であることが好ましい。 Each of R 30 independently represents an oxygen atom, an arylene group, an alkylene group, or a group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups thereof. The arylene group and the alkylene group are the same as the arylene group and the alkylene group in the divalent linking group represented by L in the general formula (B-3). The R 30 is preferably a group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups or an oxygen atom.
 R30における2種以上の2価の基の組み合わせからなる基としては、酸素原子、アリーレン基、及びアルキレン基の組み合わせが挙げられる。2種以上の2価の基の組み合わせからなる基の具体例としては、以下の基を挙げることができる。式中、「*」は結合手を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Examples of the group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups in R 30 include a combination of an oxygen atom, an arylene group, and an alkylene group. Specific examples of a group consisting of a combination of two or more divalent groups include the following groups. In the formula, "*" represents a bond.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 M、M及びMはそれぞれ独立に置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数が5以上のアルキレン基を表す。M、M及びMは、一般式(B-3)中のMが表す置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数が5以上のアルキレン基と同様であり、ヘキシレン基、ヘプチレン基、オクチレン基、ノニレン基、デシレン基が好ましく、オクチレン基がより好ましい。 M 4 , M 6 and M 7 each represent an alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may independently have a substituent. M 4 , M 6 and M 7 are the same as the alkylene group having 5 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by M in the general formula (B-3), and are a hexylene group and a heptylene group. , Octylene group, nonylene group, decylene group are preferable, and octylene group is more preferable.
 Mはそれぞれ独立に置換基を有していてもよい芳香環を有する2価の基を表す。Mは、一般式(B-4)中のAが表す置換基を有していてもよい芳香環を有する2価の基と同様であり、アルキレン基及びピロメリット酸ジイミド由来の2価の基の組み合わせからなる基;フタルイミド由来の2価の基及びアルキレン基の組み合わせからなる基が好ましく、アルキレン基及びピロメリット酸ジイミド由来の2価の基の組み合わせからなる基がより好ましい。上記アリーレン基及びアルキレン基は、一般式(B-3)中のLが表す2価の連結基におけるアリーレン基及びアルキレン基と同様である。 M 5 represents a divalent group having an aromatic ring, each of which may independently have a substituent. M 5 is the same as a divalent group having an aromatic ring which may have a substituent represented by A in the general formula (B-4), and is a divalent group derived from an alkylene group and diimide pyromellitic acid. Group consisting of a combination of groups; a group consisting of a combination of a divalent group derived from phthalimide and an alkylene group is preferable, and a group consisting of a combination of an alkylene group and a divalent group derived from diimide pyromellitic acid is more preferable. The arylene group and the alkylene group are the same as the arylene group and the alkylene group in the divalent linking group represented by L in the general formula (B-3).
 Mが表す基の具体例としては、例えば以下の基を挙げることができる。式中、「*」は結合手を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Specific examples of the group represented by M 5 include the following groups. In the formula, "*" represents a bond.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 R31及びR32はそれぞれ独立に炭素原子数が5以上のアルキル基を表す。R31及びR32は、上記した炭素原子数が5以上のアルキル基と同様であり、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基が好ましく、ヘキシル基、オクチル基がより好ましい。 R 31 and R 32 each independently represent an alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms. R 31 and R 32 are the same as the above-mentioned alkyl group having 5 or more carbon atoms, preferably a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group and a decyl group, and more preferably a hexyl group and an octyl group.
 u1及びu2はそれぞれ独立に1~15の整数を表し、1~10の整数が好ましい。 U1 and u2 each independently represent an integer of 1 to 15, and an integer of 1 to 10 is preferable.
 マレイミド系液状硬化剤の具体例としては、以下の(1B)~(3B)の化合物を挙げることができる。但し、マレイミド系液状硬化剤はこれら具体例に限定されるものではない。式中、vは1~10の整数を表す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Specific examples of the maleimide-based liquid curing agent include the following compounds (1B) to (3B). However, the maleimide-based liquid curing agent is not limited to these specific examples. In the formula, v represents an integer from 1 to 10.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 マレイミド系液状硬化剤の具体例としては、デザイナーモレキュールズ社製の「BMI1500」(式(1)の化合物)、「BMI1700」(式(2)の化合物)、「BMI689」(式(3)の化合物)、等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the maleimide-based liquid curing agent include "BMI1500" (compound of formula (1)), "BMI1700" (compound of formula (2)), and "BMI689" (formula (3)) manufactured by Designer Moleculars. Compounds), etc.
 マレイミド系液状硬化剤のマレイミド基当量は、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、好ましくは50g/eq.~2000g/eq.、より好ましくは100g/eq.~1000g/eq.、さらに好ましくは150g/eq.~500g/eq.である。マレイミド基当量は、1当量のマレイミド基を含むマレイミド系液状硬化剤の質量である。 The maleimide group equivalent of the maleimide-based liquid curing agent is preferably 50 g / eq. From the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. ~ 2000g / eq. , More preferably 100 g / eq. ~ 1000 g / eq. , More preferably 150 g / eq. ~ 500 g / eq. Is. The maleimide group equivalent is the mass of the maleimide-based liquid curing agent containing 1 equivalent of the maleimide group.
 (メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤とは、アクリロイル基及びメタクリロイル基並びにそれらの組み合わせを包含する硬化剤である。(メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤としては、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、1分子あたり2個以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有することが好ましい。用語「(メタ)アクリロイル基」とは、アクリロイル基及びメタクリロイル基並びにそれらの組み合わせを包含する。 The (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent is a curing agent containing acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, and a combination thereof. The (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent preferably has two or more (meth) acryloyl groups per molecule from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. The term "(meth) acryloyl group" includes acryloyl groups, methacryloyl groups and combinations thereof.
 (メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤は、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、環状構造を有することが好ましい。環状構造としては、2価の環状基が好ましい。2価の環状基としては、脂環式構造を含む環状基及び芳香環構造を含む環状基のいずれであってもよい。中でも、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、脂環式構造を含む環状基であることが好ましい。 The (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent preferably has a cyclic structure from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. As the cyclic structure, a divalent cyclic group is preferable. The divalent cyclic group may be either a cyclic group containing an alicyclic structure or a cyclic group containing an aromatic ring structure. Above all, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention, a cyclic group containing an alicyclic structure is preferable.
 2価の環状基は、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、好ましくは3員環以上、より好ましくは4員環以上、さらに好ましくは5員環以上であり、好ましくは20員環以下、より好ましくは15員環以下、さらに好ましくは10員環以下である。また、2価の環状基としては、単環構造であってもよく、多環構造であってもよい。 The divalent cyclic group is preferably a 3-membered ring or more, more preferably a 4-membered ring or more, still more preferably a 5-membered ring or more, and preferably a 20-membered ring, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 15-membered ring or less, still more preferably 10-membered ring or less. Further, the divalent cyclic group may have a monocyclic structure or a polycyclic structure.
 2価の環状基における環は、炭素原子以外にヘテロ原子により環の骨格が構成されていてもよい。ヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子等が挙げられ、酸素原子が好ましい。ヘテロ原子は前記の環に1つ有していてもよく、2つ以上を有していてもよい。 The ring in the divalent cyclic group may be composed of a heteroatom other than a carbon atom to form a ring skeleton. Examples of the hetero atom include an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom and the like, and an oxygen atom is preferable. The heteroatom may have one in the ring or two or more.
 2価の環状基の具体例としては、下記の2価の基(i)~(xi)が挙げられる。中でも、2価の環状基としては、(x)又は(xi)が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Specific examples of the divalent cyclic group include the following divalent groups (i) to (xi). Among them, (x) or (xi) is preferable as the divalent cyclic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 2価の環状基は、置換基を有していてもよい。このような置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールアルキル基、シリル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、オキソ基等が挙げられ、アルキル基が好ましい。 The divalent cyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of such a substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, a silyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, a nitro group and a hydroxy group. Examples thereof include a mercapto group and an oxo group, and an alkyl group is preferable.
 (メタ)アクリロイル基は、2価の環状基に直接結合していてもよく、2価の連結基を介して結合していてもよい。2価の連結基としては、例えば、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アリーレン基、ヘテロアリーレン基、-C(=O)O-、-O-、-NHC(=O)-、-NC(=O)N-、-NHC(=O)O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO-、-NH-等が挙げられ、これらを複数組み合わせた基であってもよい。アルキレン基としては、炭素原子数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~6のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキレン基、又は炭素原子数1~4のアルキレン基がさらに好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであってもよい。このようなアルキレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基、へキシレン基、1,1-ジメチルエチレン基等が挙げられ、メチレン基、エチレン基、1,1-ジメチルエチレン基が好ましい。アルケニレン基としては、炭素原子数2~10のアルケニレン基が好ましく、炭素原子数2~6のアルケニレン基がより好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニレン基がさらに好ましい。アリーレン基、ヘテロアリーレン基としては、炭素原子数6~20のアリーレン基又はヘテロアリーレン基が好ましく、炭素原子数6~10のアリーレン基又はヘテロアリーレン基がより好ましい。2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基が好ましく、中でもメチレン基、1,1-ジメチルエチレン基が好ましい。 The (meth) acryloyl group may be directly bonded to a divalent cyclic group or may be bonded via a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group, an alkaneylene group, an arylene group, a heteroarylene group, -C (= O) O-, -O-, -NHC (= O)-, and -NC (= O). N-, -NHC (= O) O-, -C (= O)-, -S-, -SO-, -NH- and the like can be mentioned, and a group in which a plurality of these are combined may be used. As the alkylene group, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Is even more preferable. The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such an alkylene group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a pentylene group, a hexylene group, a 1,1-dimethylethylene group and the like, and a methylene group, an ethylene group and 1,1 -A dimethylethylene group is preferred. As the alkenylene group, an alkenylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkenylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenylene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is further preferable. As the arylene group and the heteroarylene group, an arylene group or a heteroarylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an arylene group or a heteroarylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. As the divalent linking group, an alkylene group is preferable, and a methylene group and a 1,1-dimethylethylene group are particularly preferable.
 (メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤は、下記式(B-7)で表されることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(式(B-7)中、R33及びR36はそれぞれ独立にアクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基を表し、R34及びR35はそれぞれ独立に2価の連結基を表す。環Bは、2価の環状基を表す。)
The (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent is preferably represented by the following formula (B-7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(In the formula (B-7), R 33 and R 36 each independently represent an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group, and R 34 and R 35 each independently represent a divalent linking group. Ring B is a divalent group. Represents a cyclic group.)
 R33及びR36はそれぞれ独立にアクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基を表し、アクリロイル基が好ましい。 R 33 and R 36 independently represent an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group, and an acryloyl group is preferable.
 R34及びR35はそれぞれ独立に2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基が結合していてもよい2価の連結基と同様である。 R 34 and R 35 each independently represent a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group is the same as the divalent linking group to which the (meth) acryloyl group may be bonded.
 環Bは、2価の環状基を表す。環Bとしては、上記の2価の環状基と同様である。環Bは、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上記の2価の環状基が有していてもよい置換基と同様である。 Ring B represents a divalent cyclic group. The ring B is the same as the above-mentioned divalent cyclic group. Ring B may have a substituent. The substituent is the same as the substituent that the above divalent cyclic group may have.
 (メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤の具体例としては、以下のものが挙げられるが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Specific examples of the (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent include, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 (メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤は、市販品を用いてもよく、例えば、新中村化学工業社製の「A-DOG」、共栄社化学社製の「DCP-A」、日本化薬社製「NPDGA」、「FM-400」、「R-687」、「THE-330」、「PET-30」、「DPHA」、新中村化学工業社製の「NKエステルDCP」等が挙げられる。 As the (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent, a commercially available product may be used, for example, "A-DOG" manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., "DCP-A" manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd., and "DCP-A" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. Examples thereof include "NPDGA", "FM-400", "R-687", "THE-330", "PET-30", "DPHA", and "NK Ester DCP" manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
 (メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤の(メタ)アクリロイル基当量は、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、好ましくは30g/eq.~400g/eq.、より好ましくは50g/eq.~300g/eq.、さらに好ましくは75g/eq.~200g/eq.である。(メタ)アクリロイル基当量は、1当量の(メタ)アクリロイル基を含む(メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤の質量である。 The (meth) acryloyl group equivalent of the (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent is preferably 30 g / eq. From the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. ~ 400 g / eq. , More preferably 50 g / eq. ~ 300 g / eq. , More preferably 75 g / eq. ~ 200 g / eq. Is. The (meth) acryloyl group equivalent is the mass of the (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent containing 1 equivalent of the (meth) acryloyl group.
 ブタジエン系液状硬化剤とは、ブタジエン骨格を分子中に少なくとも1つ有する化合物である。ポリブタジエン構造は主鎖に含まれていても側鎖に含まれていてもよい。なお、ポリブタジエン構造は、一部が水素添加されていてもよいが、分子中に1以上のエチレン性不飽和結合を含むことが好ましい。ブタジエン系液状硬化剤としては、水素化ポリブタジエン骨格含有樹脂、ヒドロキシ基含有ブタジエン樹脂、フェノール性水酸基含有ブタジエン樹脂、カルボキシ基含有ブタジエン樹脂、酸無水物基含有ブタジエン樹脂、エポキシ基含有ブタジエン樹脂、イソシアネート基含有ブタジエン樹脂及びウレタン基含有ブタジエン樹脂からなる群から選択される1種以上の樹脂がより好ましい。 The butadiene liquid curing agent is a compound having at least one butadiene skeleton in the molecule. The polybutadiene structure may be contained in the main chain or the side chain. The polybutadiene structure may be partially hydrogenated, but preferably contains one or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds in the molecule. Examples of the butadiene-based liquid curing agent include hydrided polybutadiene skeleton-containing resin, hydroxy group-containing butadiene resin, phenolic hydroxyl group-containing butadiene resin, carboxy group-containing butadiene resin, acid anhydride group-containing butadiene resin, epoxy group-containing butadiene resin, and isocyanate group. One or more resins selected from the group consisting of the contained butadiene resin and the urethane group-containing butadiene resin are more preferable.
 ブタジエン系液状硬化剤の具体例としては、日本曹達社製の「JP-100」、CRAY VALLEY社製の「Ricon100」、「Ricon150」、「Ricon130MA8」、「Ricon130MA13」、「Ricon130MA20」、「Ricon131MA5」、「Ricon131MA10」、「Ricon131MA17」、「Ricon131MA20」、「Ricon 184MA6」等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the butadiene-based liquid curing agent include "JP-100" manufactured by Nippon Soda, "Ricon100", "Ricon150", "Ricon130MA8", "Ricon130MA13", "Ricon130MA20", and "Ricon131MA5" manufactured by CRAY VALLY. , "Ricon131MA10", "Ricon131MA17", "Ricon131MA20", "Ricon 184MA6" and the like.
 (B)成分の分子量は、通常、(A)成分の重量平均分子量よりも小さい。(B)成分の分子量の具体的な範囲は、好ましくは100以上、より好ましくは150以上、特に好ましくは200以上であり、好ましくは1000未満、より好ましくは700以下、特に好ましくは500以下である。 The molecular weight of the component (B) is usually smaller than the weight average molecular weight of the component (A). The specific range of the molecular weight of the component (B) is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 150 or more, particularly preferably 200 or more, preferably less than 1000, more preferably 700 or less, and particularly preferably 500 or less. ..
 (B)成分の含有量としては、銅箔密着性に優れる硬化物を得る観点から、樹脂組成物中の不揮発成分を100質量%とした場合、好ましくは1質量%以上、より好ましくは2質量%以上、さらに好ましくは3質量%以上であり、好ましくは20質量%以下、より好ましくは15質量%以下、さらに好ましくは10質量%以下である。 Regarding the content of the component (B), from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product having excellent copper foil adhesion, when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, it is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass. % Or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or less, still more preferably 10% by mass or less.
 (B)成分の含有量としては、銅箔密着性に優れる硬化物を得る観点から、樹脂組成物中の樹脂成分を100質量%とした場合、好ましくは1質量%以上、より好ましくは5質量%以上、さらに好ましくは10質量%以上であり、好ましくは25質量%以下、より好ましくは20質量%以下、さらに好ましくは15質量%以下である。 Regarding the content of the component (B), from the viewpoint of obtaining a cured product having excellent adhesion to the copper foil, when the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, it is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass. % Or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, still more preferably 15% by mass or less.
<(C)無機充填材>
 樹脂組成物は、(C)成分として、無機充填材を含有する。(C)無機充填材を樹脂組成物に含有させることで、誘電特性に優れる硬化物を得ることが可能となる。
<(C) Inorganic filler>
The resin composition contains an inorganic filler as the component (C). (C) By containing the inorganic filler in the resin composition, it is possible to obtain a cured product having excellent dielectric properties.
 無機充填材の材料としては、無機化合物を用いる。無機充填材の材料の例としては、シリカ、アルミナ、ガラス、コーディエライト、シリコン酸化物、硫酸バリウム、炭酸バリウム、タルク、クレー、雲母粉、酸化亜鉛、ハイドロタルサイト、ベーマイト、水酸化アルミニウム、水酸化マグネシウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸マグネシウム、酸化マグネシウム、窒化ホウ素、窒化アルミニウム、窒化マンガン、ホウ酸アルミニウム、炭酸ストロンチウム、チタン酸ストロンチウム、チタン酸カルシウム、チタン酸マグネシウム、チタン酸ビスマス、酸化チタン、酸化ジルコニウム、チタン酸バリウム、チタン酸ジルコン酸バリウム、ジルコン酸バリウム、ジルコン酸カルシウム、リン酸ジルコニウム、及びリン酸タングステン酸ジルコニウム等が挙げられる。これらの中でもシリカが特に好適である。シリカとしては、例えば、無定形シリカ、溶融シリカ、結晶シリカ、合成シリカ、中空シリカ等が挙げられる。また、シリカとしては、球状シリカが好ましい。(C)無機充填材は、1種類単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Inorganic compounds are used as the material for the inorganic filler. Examples of materials for inorganic fillers include silica, alumina, glass, cordierite, silicon oxide, barium sulfate, barium carbonate, talc, clay, mica powder, zinc oxide, hydrotalcite, boehmite, aluminum hydroxide, Magnesium hydroxide, calcium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium oxide, boron nitride, aluminum nitride, manganese nitride, aluminum borate, strontium carbonate, strontium titanate, calcium titanate, magnesium titanate, bismuth titanate, titanium oxide, zirconate titanate , Barium titanate, barium zirconate titanate, barium zirconate, calcium zirconate, zirconate titanate, zirconate titanate phosphate and the like. Of these, silica is particularly suitable. Examples of silica include amorphous silica, fused silica, crystalline silica, synthetic silica, hollow silica and the like. Further, as silica, spherical silica is preferable. (C) The inorganic filler may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 (C)無機充填材の市販品としては、例えば、電化化学工業社製の「UFP-30」;新日鉄住金マテリアルズ社製の「SP60-05」、「SP507-05」;アドマテックス社製の「YC100C」、「YA050C」、「YA050C-MJE」、「YA010C」;デンカ社製の「UFP-30」;トクヤマ社製の「シルフィルNSS-3N」、「シルフィルNSS-4N」、「シルフィルNSS-5N」;アドマテックス社製の「SC2500SQ」、「SO-C4」、「SO-C2」、「SO-C1」、「SC2050-SXF」;などが挙げられる。 (C) Commercially available inorganic fillers include, for example, "UFP-30" manufactured by Denka Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd .; "SP60-05" and "SP507-05" manufactured by Nippon Steel & Sumikin Materials Co., Ltd .; "YC100C", "YA050C", "YA050C-MJE", "YA010C"; "UFP-30" manufactured by Denka Corporation; "Silfil NSS-3N", "Silfil NSS-4N", "Silfil NSS-" manufactured by Tokuyama Corporation. 5N ”;“ SC2500SQ ”,“ SO-C4 ”,“ SO-C2 ”,“ SO-C1 ”,“ SC2050-SXF ”, etc. manufactured by Admatex.
 (C)無機充填材の平均粒径は、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、好ましくは0.01μm以上、より好ましくは0.05μm以上、特に好ましくは0.1μm以上であり、好ましくは5μm以下、より好ましくは2μm以下、さらに好ましくは1μm以下である。 (C) The average particle size of the inorganic filler is preferably 0.01 μm or more, more preferably 0.05 μm or more, and particularly preferably 0.1 μm or more, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. It is preferably 5 μm or less, more preferably 2 μm or less, still more preferably 1 μm or less.
 (C)無機充填材の平均粒径は、ミー(Mie)散乱理論に基づくレーザー回折・散乱法により測定することができる。具体的には、レーザー回折散乱式粒径分布測定装置により、無機充填材の粒径分布を体積基準で作成し、そのメディアン径を平均粒径とすることで測定することができる。測定サンプルは、無機充填材100mg、メチルエチルケトン10g、及び分散剤(サンノプコ社製「SN9228」)0.1gをバイアル瓶に秤取り、超音波にて10分間分散させたものを使用することができる。測定サンプルを、レーザー回折式粒径分布測定装置を使用して、使用光源波長を青色及び赤色とし、フローセル方式で無機充填材の体積基準の粒径分布を測定し、得られた粒径分布からメディアン径として平均粒径を算出する。レーザー回折式粒径分布測定装置としては、例えば堀場製作所社製「LA-960」、島津製作所社製「SALD-2200」等が挙げられる。 (C) The average particle size of the inorganic filler can be measured by a laser diffraction / scattering method based on the Mie scattering theory. Specifically, it can be measured by creating a particle size distribution of the inorganic filler on a volume basis by a laser diffraction / scattering type particle size distribution measuring device and using the median diameter as the average particle size. As the measurement sample, 100 mg of an inorganic filler, 10 g of methyl ethyl ketone, and 0.1 g of a dispersant (“SN9228” manufactured by San Nopco Ltd.) are weighed in a vial and dispersed by ultrasonic waves for 10 minutes. The measurement sample was measured using a laser diffraction type particle size distribution measuring device, the light source wavelengths used were blue and red, and the volume-based particle size distribution of the inorganic filler was measured by the flow cell method, and the obtained particle size distribution was used. Calculate the average particle size as the median diameter. Examples of the laser diffraction type particle size distribution measuring device include "LA-960" manufactured by HORIBA, Ltd. and "SALD-2200" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation.
 (C)無機充填材の比表面積は、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、好ましくは1m/g以上、より好ましくは2m/g以上、特に好ましくは3m/g以上である。上限に特段の制限は無いが、好ましくは60m/g以下、50m/g以下又は40m/g以下である。比表面積は、BET全自動比表面積測定装置(マウンテック社製Macsorb HM-1210)を使用して、試料表面に窒素ガスを吸着させ、BET多点法を用いて比表面積を算出することで無機充填材の比表面積を測定することで得られる。 (C) The specific surface area of the inorganic filler is preferably 1 m 2 / g or more, more preferably 2 m 2 / g or more, and particularly preferably 3 m 2 / g or more, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. be. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 m 2 / g or less, 50 m 2 / g or less, or 40 m 2 / g or less. The specific surface area is filled by inorganic filling by adsorbing nitrogen gas on the sample surface using a BET fully automatic specific surface area measuring device (Macsorb HM-1210 manufactured by Mountech) and calculating the specific surface area using the BET multipoint method. It is obtained by measuring the specific surface area of the material.
 (C)無機充填材は、耐湿性及び分散性を高める観点から、表面処理剤で処理されていることが好ましい。表面処理剤としては、例えば、3,3,3-トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシラン等のフッ素含有シランカップリング剤;3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、N-フェニル-8-アミノオクチル-トリメトキシシラン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン等のアミノシラン系カップリング剤;3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン等のエポキシシラン系カップリング剤;3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン等のメルカプトシラン系カップリング剤;シラン系カップリング剤;フェニルトリメトキシシラン等のアルコキシシラン;ヘキサメチルジシラザン等のオルガノシラザン化合物、チタネート系カップリング剤等が挙げられる。また、表面処理剤は、1種類単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を任意に組み合わせて用いてもよい。 (C) The inorganic filler is preferably treated with a surface treatment agent from the viewpoint of enhancing moisture resistance and dispersibility. Examples of the surface treatment agent include fluorine-containing silane coupling agents such as 3,3,3-trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane; 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, N-phenyl-8-aminooctyl-trimethoxysilane, and the like. Aminosilane-based coupling agents such as N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane; epoxysilane-based coupling agents such as 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane; mercaptosilane-based cups such as 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane Ring agents; silane-based coupling agents; alkoxysilanes such as phenyltrimethoxysilane; organosilazane compounds such as hexamethyldisilazane, titanate-based coupling agents and the like can be mentioned. In addition, one type of surface treatment agent may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in any combination.
 表面処理剤の市販品としては、例えば、信越化学工業社製「KBM403」(3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン)、信越化学工業社製「KBM803」(3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン)、信越化学工業社製「KBE903」(3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン)、信越化学工業社製「KBM573」(N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン)、信越化学工業社製「SZ-31」(ヘキサメチルジシラザン)、信越化学工業社製「KBM103」(フェニルトリメトキシシラン)、信越化学工業社製「KBM-4803」(長鎖エポキシ型シランカップリング剤)、信越化学工業社製「KBM-7103」(3,3,3-トリフルオロプロピルトリメトキシシラン)等が挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available surface treatment agents include "KBM403" (3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., "KBM803" (3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., and Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. "KBE903" (3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., "KBM573" (N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., "SZ-31" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. ( Hexamethyldisilazane), "KBM103" (phenyltrimethoxysilane) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., "KBM-4803" (long-chain epoxy type silane coupling agent) manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., "KBM-" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. 7103 ”(3,3,3-trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane) and the like.
 表面処理剤による表面処理の程度は、無機充填材の分散性向上の観点から、所定の範囲に収まることが好ましい。具体的には、無機充填材100質量部は、0.2質量部~5質量部の表面処理剤で表面処理されていることが好ましく、0.2質量部~3質量部で表面処理されていることが好ましく、0.3質量部~2質量部で表面処理されていることが好ましい。 The degree of surface treatment with the surface treatment agent is preferably within a predetermined range from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of the inorganic filler. Specifically, 100 parts by mass of the inorganic filler is preferably surface-treated with 0.2 parts by mass to 5 parts by mass of a surface treatment agent, and is surface-treated with 0.2 parts by mass to 3 parts by mass. It is preferable that the surface is treated with 0.3 parts by mass to 2 parts by mass.
 表面処理剤による表面処理の程度は、無機充填材の単位表面積当たりのカーボン量によって評価することができる。無機充填材の単位表面積当たりのカーボン量は、無機充填材の分散性向上の観点から、0.02mg/m以上が好ましく、0.1mg/m以上がより好ましく、0.2mg/m以上が更に好ましい。一方、樹脂ワニスの溶融粘度及びシート形態での溶融粘度の上昇を抑制する観点から、1mg/m以下が好ましく、0.8mg/m以下がより好ましく、0.5mg/m以下が更に好ましい。 The degree of surface treatment with the surface treatment agent can be evaluated by the amount of carbon per unit surface area of the inorganic filler. Carbon content per unit surface area of the inorganic filler, from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility of the inorganic filler is preferably 0.02 mg / m 2 or more, 0.1 mg / m 2 or more preferably, 0.2 mg / m 2 The above is more preferable. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing an increase in the melt viscosity of the resin varnish and the melt viscosity in the sheet form, 1 mg / m 2 or less is preferable, 0.8 mg / m 2 or less is more preferable, and 0.5 mg / m 2 or less is further preferable. preferable.
 (C)無機充填材の単位表面積当たりのカーボン量は、表面処理後の無機充填材を溶剤(例えば、メチルエチルケトン(MEK))により洗浄処理した後に測定することができる。具体的には、溶剤として十分な量のMEKを表面処理剤で表面処理された無機充填材に加えて、25℃で5分間超音波洗浄する。上澄液を除去し、固形分を乾燥させた後、カーボン分析計を用いて無機充填材の単位表面積当たりのカーボン量を測定することができる。カーボン分析計としては、堀場製作所社製「EMIA-320V」等を使用することができる。 (C) The amount of carbon per unit surface area of the inorganic filler can be measured after the inorganic filler after the surface treatment is washed with a solvent (for example, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK)). Specifically, a sufficient amount of MEK as a solvent is added to the inorganic filler surface-treated with a surface treatment agent, and ultrasonic cleaning is performed at 25 ° C. for 5 minutes. After removing the supernatant and drying the solid content, the amount of carbon per unit surface area of the inorganic filler can be measured using a carbon analyzer. As the carbon analyzer, "EMIA-320V" manufactured by HORIBA, Ltd. or the like can be used.
 (C)無機充填材の含有量としては、本発明の効果を顕著に得る観点から、樹脂組成物中の不揮発成分を100質量%とした場合、好ましくは30質量%以上、より好ましくは40質量%以上、さらに好ましくは50質量%以上又は60質量%以上であり、好ましくは90質量%以下、より好ましくは80質量%以下、さらに好ましくは75質量%以下である。 Regarding the content of the inorganic filler (C), from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention, when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, it is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass. % Or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more or 60% by mass or more, preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, still more preferably 75% by mass or less.
<(D)重合開始剤>
 樹脂組成物は、上述した成分以外に、任意の成分として(D)重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。(D)成分は、通常(A)成分におけるラジカル重合性不飽和基の架橋を促進させる機能を有する。(D)成分は1種類単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を併用してもよい。
<(D) Polymerization Initiator>
The resin composition may contain (D) a polymerization initiator as an arbitrary component in addition to the above-mentioned components. The component (D) usually has a function of promoting the cross-linking of radically polymerizable unsaturated groups in the component (A). The component (D) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 (D)重合開始剤としては、例えば、ジt-ヘキシルパーオキシド、t-ブチルクミルパーオキシド、t-ブチルパーオキシアセテート、α,α’-ジ(t-ブチルパーオキシ)ジイソプロピルベンゼン、t-ブチルパーオキシラウレート、t-ブチルパーオキシ-2-エチルヘキサノエートt-ブチルパーオキシネオデカノエート、t-ブチルパーオキシベンゾエート等の過酸化物が挙げられる。 Examples of the (D) polymerization initiator include dit-hexyl peroxide, t-butyl cumyl peroxide, t-butyl peroxyacetate, α, α'-di (t-butyl peroxy) diisopropylbenzene, and t-. Examples thereof include peroxides such as butylperoxylaurate, t-butylperoxy-2-ethylhexanoate, t-butylperoxyneodecanoate, and t-butylperoxybenzoate.
 (D)重合開始剤の市販品としては、例えば、日油社製の「パーヘキシルD」、「パーブチルC」、「パーブチルA」、「パーブチルP」、「パーブチルL」、「パーブチルO」、「パーブチルND」、「パーブチルZ」、「パークミルP」、「パークミルD」等が挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available polymerization initiators include "Perhexyl D", "Perbutyl C", "Perbutyl A", "Perbutyl P", "Perbutyl L", "Perbutyl O", and "Perbutyl O" manufactured by NOF CORPORATION. Examples thereof include "Perbutyl ND", "Perbutyl Z", "Park Mill P", and "Park Mill D".
 (D)重合開始剤の含有量は、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、樹脂組成物中の不揮発成分を100質量%とした場合、好ましくは0.01質量%以上、より好ましくは0.02質量%以上、さらに好ましくは0.03質量%以上であり、好ましくは0.3質量%以下、より好ましくは0.2質量%以下、さらに好ましくは0.1質量%以下である。 The content of the (D) polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably, when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. Is 0.02% by mass or more, more preferably 0.03% by mass or more, preferably 0.3% by mass or less, more preferably 0.2% by mass or less, still more preferably 0.1% by mass or less. ..
 (D)成分の含有量としては、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、樹脂組成物中の樹脂成分を100質量%とした場合、好ましくは0.1質量%以上、より好ましくは0.15質量%以上、さらに好ましくは0.3質量%以上であり、好ましくは5質量%以下、より好ましくは3質量%以下、さらに好ましくは1質量%以下である。 The content of the component (D) is preferably 0.1% by mass or more, more preferably 0.1% by mass or more, when the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. It is 0.15% by mass or more, more preferably 0.3% by mass or more, preferably 5% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or less, still more preferably 1% by mass or less.
<(E)エポキシ樹脂>
 樹脂組成物は、上述した成分以外に、任意の成分として(E)エポキシ樹脂を含有していてもよい。(A)成分は1種類単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を併用してもよい。
<(E) Epoxy resin>
The resin composition may contain (E) epoxy resin as an arbitrary component in addition to the above-mentioned components. The component (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 (E)成分としては、例えば、ビキシレノール型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールS型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールAF型エポキシ樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂、トリスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂、ナフトールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、tert-ブチル-カテコール型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、ナフトール型エポキシ樹脂、アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルアミン型エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルエステル型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、線状脂肪族エポキシ樹脂、ブタジエン構造を有するエポキシ樹脂、脂環式エポキシ樹脂、複素環式エポキシ樹脂、スピロ環含有エポキシ樹脂、シクロヘキサン型エポキシ樹脂、シクロヘキサンジメタノール型エポキシ樹脂、ナフチレンエーテル型エポキシ樹脂、トリメチロール型エポキシ樹脂、テトラフェニルエタン型エポキシ樹脂等が挙げられる。 Examples of the component (E) include bixilenol type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, bisphenol AF type epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, and trisphenol type epoxy. Resin, naphthol novolac type epoxy resin, phenol novolac type epoxy resin, tert-butyl-catechol type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, naphthol type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, glycidylamine type epoxy resin, glycidyl ester type epoxy resin, Cresol novolak type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, linear aliphatic epoxy resin, epoxy resin having a butadiene structure, alicyclic epoxy resin, heterocyclic epoxy resin, spiro ring-containing epoxy resin, cyclohexane type epoxy resin, cyclohexanedi Examples thereof include a methanol type epoxy resin, a naphthylene ether type epoxy resin, a trimethylol type epoxy resin, and a tetraphenylethane type epoxy resin.
 樹脂組成物は、(E)成分として、1分子中に2個以上のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ樹脂を含むことが好ましい。本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、(E)成分の不揮発成分100質量%に対して、1分子中に2個以上のエポキシ基を有するエポキシ樹脂の割合は、好ましくは20質量%以上、より好ましくは30質量%以上、特に好ましくは40質量%以上である。 The resin composition preferably contains an epoxy resin having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule as the component (E). From the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention, the ratio of the epoxy resin having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferably 20% by mass with respect to 100% by mass of the non-volatile component of the component (E). As mentioned above, it is more preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or more.
 エポキシ樹脂には、温度20℃で液状のエポキシ樹脂(以下「液状エポキシ樹脂」ということがある。)と、温度20℃で固体状のエポキシ樹脂(以下「固体状エポキシ樹脂」ということがある。)とがある。樹脂組成物は、(E)成分として、液状エポキシ樹脂のみを含んでいてもよく、固体状エポキシ樹脂のみを含んでいてもよく、液状エポキシ樹脂と固体状エポキシ樹脂とを組み合わせて含んでいてもよいが、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、液状エポキシ樹脂と固体状エポキシ樹脂とを組み合わせて含むことが好ましい。 The epoxy resin may be a liquid epoxy resin at a temperature of 20 ° C. (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “liquid epoxy resin”) or a solid epoxy resin at a temperature of 20 ° C. (hereinafter referred to as “solid epoxy resin”). ). The resin composition may contain only the liquid epoxy resin as the component (E), may contain only the solid epoxy resin, or may contain a combination of the liquid epoxy resin and the solid epoxy resin. However, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention, it is preferable to include the liquid epoxy resin and the solid epoxy resin in combination.
 液状エポキシ樹脂としては、1分子中に2個以上のエポキシ基を有する液状エポキシ樹脂が好ましい。 As the liquid epoxy resin, a liquid epoxy resin having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferable.
 液状エポキシ樹脂としては、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールAF型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルエステル型エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルアミン型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、エステル骨格を有する脂環式エポキシ樹脂、シクロヘキサン型エポキシ樹脂、シクロヘキサンジメタノール型エポキシ樹脂、グリシジルアミン型エポキシ樹脂、及びブタジエン構造を有するエポキシ樹脂が好ましく、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂がより好ましい。 Examples of the liquid epoxy resin include bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol AF type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, glycidyl ester type epoxy resin, glycidylamine type epoxy resin, phenol novolac type epoxy resin, and ester skeleton. An alicyclic epoxy resin, a cyclohexane type epoxy resin, a cyclohexanedimethanol type epoxy resin, a glycidylamine type epoxy resin, and an epoxy resin having a butadiene structure are preferable, and a naphthalene type epoxy resin is more preferable.
 液状エポキシ樹脂の具体例としては、DIC社製の「HP4032」、「HP4032D」、「HP4032SS」(ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「828US」、「jER828EL」、「825」、「エピコート828EL」(ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「jER807」、「1750」(ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「jER152」(フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「630」、「630LSD」(グリシジルアミン型エポキシ樹脂);日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製の「ZX1059」(ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂とビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂の混合品);ナガセケムテックス社製の「EX-721」(グリシジルエステル型エポキシ樹脂);ダイセル社製の「セロキサイド2021P」(エステル骨格を有する脂環式エポキシ樹脂);ダイセル社製の「PB-3600」(ブタジエン構造を有するエポキシ樹脂);日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製の「ZX1658」、「ZX1658GS」(液状1,4-グリシジルシクロヘキサン型エポキシ樹脂)等が挙げられる。これらは、1種類単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Specific examples of the liquid epoxy resin include "HP4032", "HP4032D" and "HP4032SS" (naphthalene type epoxy resin) manufactured by DIC; "828US", "jER828EL", "825" and "Epicoat" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd. 828EL "(bisphenol A type epoxy resin);" jER807 "," 1750 "(bisphenol F type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd .;" jER152 "(phenol novolak type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.; "630", "630LSD" (glycidylamine type epoxy resin); "ZX1059" (mixture of bisphenol A type epoxy resin and bisphenol F type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nittetsu Chemical & Materials Co., Ltd .; "EX-721" (glycidyl ester type epoxy resin); "Selokiside 2021P" manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd. (alicyclic epoxy resin having an ester skeleton); "PB-3600" manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd. (epoxy resin having a butadiene structure) Examples thereof include "ZX1658" and "ZX1658GS" (liquid 1,4-glycidylcyclohexane type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nittetsu Chemical & Materials Co., Ltd. These may be used individually by 1 type, or may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
 液状エポキシ樹脂の25℃における粘度としては、気泡を樹脂組成物内に安定して存在させる観点から、好ましくは300mPa・s以上、より好ましくは500mPa・s以上、さらに好ましくは1000mPa・s以上であり、好ましくは5000mPa・s以下、より好ましくは4000mPa・s以下、さらに好ましくは3000mPa・s以下である。液状エポキシ樹脂の粘度は、例えば、E型粘度計を用いて測定することができる。 The viscosity of the liquid epoxy resin at 25 ° C. is preferably 300 mPa · s or more, more preferably 500 mPa · s or more, still more preferably 1000 mPa · s or more, from the viewpoint of allowing bubbles to stably exist in the resin composition. It is preferably 5000 mPa · s or less, more preferably 4000 mPa · s or less, and further preferably 3000 mPa · s or less. The viscosity of the liquid epoxy resin can be measured using, for example, an E-type viscometer.
 固体状エポキシ樹脂としては、1分子中に3個以上のエポキシ基を有する固体状エポキシ樹脂が好ましく、1分子中に3個以上のエポキシ基を有する芳香族系の固体状エポキシ樹脂がより好ましい。 As the solid epoxy resin, a solid epoxy resin having three or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferable, and an aromatic solid epoxy resin having three or more epoxy groups in one molecule is more preferable.
 固体状エポキシ樹脂としては、ビキシレノール型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型4官能エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂、トリスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂、ナフトール型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ナフチレンエーテル型エポキシ樹脂、アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールAF型エポキシ樹脂、テトラフェニルエタン型エポキシ樹脂が好ましく、ナフトール型エポキシ樹脂がより好ましい。 Examples of the solid epoxy resin include bixilenol type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, naphthalene type tetrafunctional epoxy resin, cresol novolac type epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, trisphenol type epoxy resin, naphthol type epoxy resin, and biphenyl. Type epoxy resin, naphthylene ether type epoxy resin, anthracene type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol AF type epoxy resin, tetraphenylethane type epoxy resin are preferable, and naphthol type epoxy resin is more preferable.
 固体状エポキシ樹脂の具体例としては、DIC社製の「HP4032H」(ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂);DIC社製の「HP-4700」、「HP-4710」(ナフタレン型4官能エポキシ樹脂);DIC社製の「N-690」(クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂);DIC社製の「N-695」(クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂);DIC社製の「HP-7200」、「HP-7200HH」、「HP-7200H」(ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂);DIC社製の「EXA-7311」、「EXA-7311-G3」、「EXA-7311-G4」、「EXA-7311-G4S」、「HP6000」(ナフチレンエーテル型エポキシ樹脂);日本化薬社製の「EPPN-502H」(トリスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂);日本化薬社製の「NC7000L」(ナフトールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂);日本化薬社製の「NC3000H」、「NC3000」、「NC3000L」、「NC3100」(ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂);日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製の「ESN475V」(ナフトール型エポキシ樹脂);日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製の「ESN485」(ナフトールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「YX4000H」、「YX4000」、「YL6121」(ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「YX4000HK」(ビキシレノール型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「YX8800」(アントラセン型エポキシ樹脂);大阪ガスケミカル社製の「PG-100」、「CG-500」;三菱ケミカル社製の「YL7760」(ビスフェノールAF型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「YL7800」(フルオレン型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「jER1010」(固体状ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂);三菱ケミカル社製の「jER1031S」(テトラフェニルエタン型エポキシ樹脂)等が挙げられる。これらは、1種類単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Specific examples of the solid epoxy resin include "HP4032H" (naphthalene type epoxy resin) manufactured by DIC; "HP-4700" and "HP-4710" (naphthalen type tetrafunctional epoxy resin) manufactured by DIC; DIC. "N-690" (cresol novolac type epoxy resin); DIC "N-695" (cresol novolac type epoxy resin); DIC "HP-7200", "HP-7200HH", "HP" -7200H "(dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin);" EXA-7311 "," EXA-7311-G3 "," EXA-7311-G4 "," EXA-7311-G4S "," HP6000 "manufactured by DIC. Naphthylene ether type epoxy resin); "EPPN-502H" (trisphenol type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd .; "NC7000L" (naphthol novolac type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nihon Kayaku Co., Ltd .; "NC3000H", "NC3000", "NC3000L", "NC3100" (biphenyl type epoxy resin); "ESN475V" (naphthol type epoxy resin) manufactured by Nittetsu Chemical & Materials Co., Ltd .; "ESN485" manufactured by Nittetsu Chemical & Materials Co., Ltd. (Naftor Novolak type epoxy resin); "YX4000H", "YX4000", "YL6121" (biphenyl type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd .; "YX4000HK" (bixilenol type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.; "YX8800" (anthracene type epoxy resin) manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd .; "PG-100" and "CG-500" manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemical Co., Ltd .; "YL7760" (bisphenol AF type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd. "YL7800" (fluorene type epoxy resin); "jER1010" (solid bisphenol A type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd .; "jER1031S" (tetraphenylethane type epoxy resin) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd. and the like can be mentioned. .. These may be used individually by 1 type, or may be used in combination of 2 or more types.
 (E)成分として液状エポキシ樹脂と固体状エポキシ樹脂とを組み合わせて用いる場合、それらの量比(液状エポキシ樹脂:固体状エポキシ樹脂)は、質量比で、好ましくは1:1~1:20、より好ましくは1:1.5~1:15、特に好ましくは1:2~1:10である。液状エポキシ樹脂と固体状エポキシ樹脂との量比が斯かる範囲にあることにより、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得ることができる。さらに、通常は、樹脂シートの形態で使用する場合に、適度な粘着性がもたらされる。また、通常は、樹脂シートの形態で使用する場合に、十分な可撓性が得られ、取り扱い性が向上する。さらに、通常は、十分な破断強度を有する硬化物を得ることができる。 When a liquid epoxy resin and a solid epoxy resin are used in combination as the component (E), the amount ratio (liquid epoxy resin: solid epoxy resin) thereof is a mass ratio, preferably 1: 1 to 1:20. It is more preferably 1: 1.5 to 1:15, and particularly preferably 1: 2 to 1:10. When the quantitative ratio of the liquid epoxy resin and the solid epoxy resin is in such a range, the desired effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained. Further, usually, when used in the form of a resin sheet, moderate adhesiveness is provided. Further, when used in the form of a resin sheet, sufficient flexibility is usually obtained and handleability is improved. Further, usually, a cured product having sufficient breaking strength can be obtained.
 (E)成分のエポキシ当量は、好ましくは50g/eq.~5000g/eq.、より好ましくは50g/eq.~3000g/eq.、さらに好ましくは80g/eq.~2000g/eq.、さらにより好ましくは110g/eq.~1000g/eq.である。この範囲となることで、樹脂組成物層の硬化物の架橋密度が十分となり、表面粗さの小さい絶縁層をもたらすことができる。エポキシ当量は、1当量のエポキシ基を含むエポキシ樹脂の質量である。このエポキシ当量は、JIS K7236に従って測定することができる。 The epoxy equivalent of the component (E) is preferably 50 g / eq. ~ 5000g / eq. , More preferably 50 g / eq. ~ 3000 g / eq. , More preferably 80 g / eq. ~ 2000g / eq. , Even more preferably 110 g / eq. ~ 1000 g / eq. Is. Within this range, the crosslink density of the cured product of the resin composition layer becomes sufficient, and an insulating layer having a small surface roughness can be obtained. Epoxy equivalent is the mass of an epoxy resin containing 1 equivalent of an epoxy group. This epoxy equivalent can be measured according to JIS K7236.
 (E)成分の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、好ましくは100~5000、より好ましくは200~3000、さらに好ましくは250~1500である。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the component (E) is preferably 100 to 5000, more preferably 200 to 3000, still more preferably 250 to 1500, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention.
 (E)成分の含有量は、良好な機械強度、及び絶縁信頼性を示す絶縁層を得る観点から、樹脂組成物中の不揮発成分を100質量%としたとき、好ましくは1質量%以上、より好ましくは5質量%以上、さらに好ましくは10質量%以上である。エポキシ樹脂の含有量の上限は、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、好ましくは25質量%以下、より好ましくは20質量%以下、特に好ましくは15質量%以下である。 The content of the component (E) is preferably 1% by mass or more when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass from the viewpoint of obtaining an insulating layer showing good mechanical strength and insulation reliability. It is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit of the content of the epoxy resin is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 15% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention.
 (E)成分の含有量としては、良好な機械強度、及び絶縁信頼性を示す絶縁層を得る観点から、樹脂組成物中の樹脂成分を100質量%とした場合、好ましくは1質量%以上、より好ましくは5質量%以上、さらに好ましくは10質量%以上であり、好ましくは25質量%以下、より好ましくは20質量%以下、さらに好ましくは15質量%以下である。 The content of the component (E) is preferably 1% by mass or more when the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass from the viewpoint of obtaining an insulating layer showing good mechanical strength and insulation reliability. It is more preferably 5% by mass or more, further preferably 10% by mass or more, preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, still more preferably 15% by mass or less.
<(F)エポキシ硬化剤>
 樹脂組成物は、上述した成分以外に、任意成分として(F)エポキシ硬化剤を含有していてもよい。但し、(F)成分は(B)成分に該当するものは除く。(F)エポキシ硬化剤は、通常、(E)成分と反応して樹脂組成物を硬化させる機能を有する。(F)エポキシ硬化剤は、1種類単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を併用してもよい。
<(F) Epoxy curing agent>
The resin composition may contain (F) an epoxy curing agent as an optional component in addition to the above-mentioned components. However, the component (F) does not correspond to the component (B). The (F) epoxy curing agent usually has a function of reacting with the component (E) to cure the resin composition. (F) The epoxy curing agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 (F)エポキシ硬化剤としては、(E)成分と反応して樹脂組成物を硬化させることができる化合物を用いることができ、例えば、活性エステル系硬化剤、フェノール系硬化剤、ベンゾオキサジン系硬化剤、カルボジイミド系硬化剤、酸無水物系硬化剤、アミン系硬化剤、シアネートエステル系硬化剤などが挙げられる。中でも、本発明の効果を顕著に得る観点から活性エステル系硬化剤、フェノール系硬化剤、ベンゾオキサジン系硬化剤、及びカルボジイミド系硬化剤のいずれかが好ましく、活性エステル系硬化剤、及びフェノール系硬化剤のいずれかがより好ましく、活性エステル系硬化剤、及びフェノール系硬化剤を併用することがさらに好ましい。 As the (F) epoxy curing agent, a compound capable of reacting with the component (E) to cure the resin composition can be used, and for example, an active ester-based curing agent, a phenol-based curing agent, and a benzoxazine-based curing agent can be used. Examples thereof include agents, carbodiimide-based curing agents, acid anhydride-based curing agents, amine-based curing agents, and cyanate ester-based curing agents. Among them, any of an active ester-based curing agent, a phenol-based curing agent, a benzoxazine-based curing agent, and a carbodiimide-based curing agent is preferable from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention, and the active ester-based curing agent and the phenol-based curing agent are preferable. Any of the agents is more preferable, and it is further preferable to use an active ester-based curing agent and a phenol-based curing agent in combination.
 活性エステル系硬化剤としては、1分子中に1個以上の活性エステル基を有する硬化剤が挙げられる。中でも、活性エステル系硬化剤としては、フェノールエステル類、チオフェノールエステル類、N-ヒドロキシアミンエステル類、複素環ヒドロキシ化合物のエステル類等の、反応活性の高いエステル基を1分子中に2個以上有する化合物が好ましい。当該活性エステル系硬化剤は、カルボン酸化合物及び/又はチオカルボン酸化合物とヒドロキシ化合物及び/又はチオール化合物との縮合反応によって得られるものが好ましい。特に、耐熱性向上の観点から、カルボン酸化合物とヒドロキシ化合物とから得られる活性エステル系硬化剤が好ましく、カルボン酸化合物とフェノール化合物及び/又はナフトール化合物とから得られる活性エステル系硬化剤がより好ましい。 Examples of the active ester-based curing agent include curing agents having one or more active ester groups in one molecule. Among them, as the active ester-based curing agent, two or more ester groups having high reaction activity such as phenol esters, thiophenol esters, N-hydroxyamine esters, and esters of heterocyclic hydroxy compounds are contained in one molecule. The compound to have is preferable. The active ester-based curing agent is preferably obtained by a condensation reaction between a carboxylic acid compound and / or a thiocarboxylic acid compound and a hydroxy compound and / or a thiol compound. In particular, from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance, an active ester-based curing agent obtained from a carboxylic acid compound and a hydroxy compound is preferable, and an active ester-based curing agent obtained from a carboxylic acid compound and a phenol compound and / or a naphthol compound is more preferable. ..
 カルボン酸化合物としては、例えば、安息香酸、酢酸、コハク酸、マレイン酸、イタコン酸、フタル酸、イソフタル酸、テレフタル酸、ピロメリット酸等が挙げられる。 Examples of the carboxylic acid compound include benzoic acid, acetic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, pyromellitic acid and the like.
 フェノール化合物又はナフトール化合物としては、例えば、ハイドロキノン、レゾルシン、ビスフェノールA、ビスフェノールF、ビスフェノールS、フェノールフタリン、メチル化ビスフェノールA、メチル化ビスフェノールF、メチル化ビスフェノールS、フェノール、o-クレゾール、m-クレゾール、p-クレゾール、カテコール、α-ナフトール、β-ナフトール、1,5-ジヒドロキシナフタレン、1,6-ジヒドロキシナフタレン、2,6-ジヒドロキシナフタレン、ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、トリヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、テトラヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、フロログルシン、ベンゼントリオール、ジシクロペンタジエン型ジフェノール化合物、フェノールノボラック等が挙げられる。ここで、「ジシクロペンタジエン型ジフェノール化合物」とは、ジシクロペンタジエン1分子にフェノール2分子が縮合して得られるジフェノール化合物をいう。 Examples of the phenol compound or naphthol compound include hydroquinone, resorcin, bisphenol A, bisphenol F, bisphenol S, phenolphthalin, methylated bisphenol A, methylated bisphenol F, methylated bisphenol S, phenol, o-cresol, m-. Cresol, p-cresol, catechol, α-naphthol, β-naphthol, 1,5-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,6-dihydroxynaphthalene, 2,6-dihydroxynaphthalene, dihydroxybenzophenone, trihydroxybenzophenone, tetrahydroxybenzophenone, fluoroglucin, Examples thereof include benzenetriol, dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol compound, and phenol novolac. Here, the "dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol compound" refers to a diphenol compound obtained by condensing two phenol molecules with one dicyclopentadiene molecule.
 活性エステル系硬化剤の好ましい具体例としては、ジシクロペンタジエン型ジフェノール構造を含む活性エステル化合物、ナフタレン構造を含む活性エステル化合物、フェノールノボラックのアセチル化物を含む活性エステル化合物、フェノールノボラックのベンゾイル化物を含む活性エステル化合物が挙げられる。中でも、ナフタレン構造を含む活性エステル化合物、ジシクロペンタジエン型ジフェノール構造を含む活性エステル化合物がより好ましい。「ジシクロペンタジエン型ジフェノール構造」とは、フェニレン-ジシクロペンチレン-フェニレンからなる2価の構造を表す。 Preferred specific examples of the active ester-based curing agent include an active ester compound containing a dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure, an active ester compound containing a naphthalene structure, an active ester compound containing an acetylated product of phenol novolac, and a benzoyl compound of phenol novolac. Examples include active ester compounds containing. Of these, an active ester compound containing a naphthalene structure and an active ester compound containing a dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure are more preferable. The "dicyclopentadiene-type diphenol structure" represents a divalent structure composed of phenylene-dicyclopentylene-phenylene.
 活性エステル系硬化剤の市販品としては、ジシクロペンタジエン型ジフェノール構造を含む活性エステル化合物として、「EXB9451」、「EXB9460」、「EXB9460S」、「HPC-8000」、「HPC-8000H」、「HPC-8000-65T」、「HPC-8000H-65TM」、「EXB-8000L」、「EXB-8000L-65TM」(DIC社製);ナフタレン構造を含む活性エステル化合物として「HPC-8150-60T」、「HPC-8150-62T」、「EXB-8150-65T」、「EXB-8100L-65T」、「EXB-8150L-65T」、「EXB9416-70BK」(DIC社製);フェノールノボラックのアセチル化物を含む活性エステル化合物として「DC808」(三菱ケミカル社製);フェノールノボラックのベンゾイル化物を含む活性エステル化合物として「YLH1026」(三菱ケミカル社製);フェノールノボラックのアセチル化物である活性エステル系硬化剤として「DC808」(三菱ケミカル社製);フェノールノボラックのベンゾイル化物である活性エステル系硬化剤として「YLH1026」(三菱ケミカル社製)、「YLH1030」(三菱ケミカル社製)、「YLH1048」(三菱ケミカル社製);等が挙げられる。 Commercially available products of the active ester-based curing agent include "EXB9451", "EXB9460", "EXB9460S", "HPC-8000", "HPC-8000H", and "EXB9451", "EXB9460", "EXB9460S", and "EXB9451", "EXB9460S", and "HPC-8000H", as active ester compounds containing a dicyclopentadiene type diphenol structure. HPC-8000-65T "," HPC-8000H-65TM "," EXB-8000L "," EXB-8000L-65TM "(manufactured by DIC);" HPC-8150-60T "as an active ester compound containing a naphthalene structure, "HPC-8150-62T", "EXB-8150-65T", "EXB-8100L-65T", "EXB-8150L-65T", "EXB9416-70BK" (manufactured by DIC); "DC808" as an active ester compound (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.); "YLH1026" (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.) as an active ester compound containing a benzoylated product of phenol novolac; "DC808" as an active ester-based curing agent which is an acetylated product of phenol novolac. (Manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.); "YLH1026" (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.), "YLH1030" (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.), "YLH1048" (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.) as active ester-based curing agents that are benzoylates of phenol novolac. ; Etc. can be mentioned.
 フェノール系硬化剤としては、芳香環(ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環等)に結合した水酸基を1分子中に1個以上、好ましくは2個以上有する硬化剤が挙げられる。中でも、ベンゼン環に結合した水酸基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、耐熱性及び耐水性の観点からは、ノボラック構造を有するフェノール系硬化剤が好ましい。さらに、密着性の観点からは、含窒素フェノール系硬化剤が好ましく、トリアジン骨格含有フェノール系硬化剤がより好ましい。特に、耐熱性、耐水性、及び密着性を高度に満足させる観点からは、トリアジン骨格含有フェノールノボラック硬化剤が好ましい。 Examples of the phenolic curing agent include a curing agent having one or more, preferably two or more hydroxyl groups bonded to an aromatic ring (benzene ring, naphthalene ring, etc.) in one molecule. Of these, a compound having a hydroxyl group bonded to a benzene ring is preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of heat resistance and water resistance, a phenol-based curing agent having a novolak structure is preferable. Further, from the viewpoint of adhesion, a nitrogen-containing phenol-based curing agent is preferable, and a triazine skeleton-containing phenol-based curing agent is more preferable. In particular, a triazine skeleton-containing phenol novolac curing agent is preferable from the viewpoint of highly satisfying heat resistance, water resistance, and adhesion.
 フェノール系硬化剤及びナフトール系硬化剤の具体例としては、明和化成社製の「MEH-7700」、「MEH-7810」、「MEH-7851」、「MEH-8000H」;日本化薬社製の「NHN」、「CBN」、「GPH」;日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製の「SN-170」、「SN-180」、「SN-190」、「SN-475」、「SN-485」、「SN-495」、「SN-495V」、「SN-375」、「SN-395」;DIC社製の「TD-2090」、「TD-2090-60M」、「LA-7052」、「LA-7054」、「LA-1356」、「LA-3018」、「LA-3018-50P」、「EXB-9500」、「HPC-9500」、「KA-1160」、「KA-1163」、「KA-1165」;群栄化学社製の「GDP-6115L」、「GDP-6115H」、「ELPC75」等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the phenol-based curing agent and the naphthol-based curing agent include "MEH-7700", "MEH-7810", "MEH-7851", and "MEH-8000H" manufactured by Meiwa Kasei Co., Ltd .; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. "NHN", "CBN", "GPH"; "SN-170", "SN-180", "SN-190", "SN-475", "SN-485" manufactured by Nittetsu Chemical & Materials Co., Ltd. "SN-495", "SN-495V", "SN-375", "SN-395"; "TD-2090", "TD-2090-60M", "LA-7052", "LA" manufactured by DIC Corporation. -7054, "LA-1356", "LA-3018", "LA-3018-50P", "EXB-9500", "HPC-9500", "KA-1160", "KA-1163", "KA" -1165 ";" GDP-6115L "," GDP-6115H "," ELPC75 "manufactured by Gunei Chemical Corporation and the like can be mentioned.
 ベンゾオキサジン系硬化剤の具体例としては、昭和高分子社製の「HFB2006M」、四国化成工業社製の「P-d」、「F-a」が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the benzoxazine-based curing agent include "HFB2006M" manufactured by Showa High Polymer Co., Ltd., "Pd" and "FA" manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Corporation.
 カルボジイミド系硬化剤の具体例としては、日清紡ケミカル社製の「V-03」、「V-05」、「V-07」;ラインケミー社製のスタバクゾール(登録商標)P等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the carbodiimide-based curing agent include "V-03", "V-05", "V-07" manufactured by Nisshinbo Chemical Co., Ltd .; Stavaxol (registered trademark) P manufactured by Rheinchemy Co., Ltd. and the like.
 酸無水物系硬化剤としては、1分子内中に1個以上の酸無水物基を有する硬化剤が挙げられる。酸無水物系硬化剤の具体例としては、無水フタル酸、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、ヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、メチルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、4-メチルヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、メチルヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、メチルナジック酸無水物、水素化メチルナジック酸無水物、トリアルキルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、ドデセニル無水コハク酸、5-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロ-3-フラニル)-3-メチル-3-シクロヘキセン-1,2-ジカルボン酸無水物、無水トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸、ベンソフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、オキシジフタル酸二無水物、3,3’-4,4’-ジフェニルスルホンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,3,3a,4,5,9b-ヘキサヒドロ-5-(テトラヒドロ-2,5-ジオキソ-3-フラニル)-ナフト[1,2-C]フラン-1,3-ジオン、エチレングリコールビス(アンヒドロトリメリテート)、スチレンとマレイン酸とが共重合したスチレン・マレイン酸樹脂などのポリマー型の酸無水物などが挙げられる。酸無水物系硬化剤は市販品を用いてもよく、例えば、新日本理化社製の「MH-700」等が挙げられる。 Examples of the acid anhydride-based curing agent include a curing agent having one or more acid anhydride groups in one molecule. Specific examples of the acid anhydride-based curing agent include phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, and methylnagic. Acid Anhydride, Hydromethylnadic Acid Anhydride, TrialkyltetrahydroAnhydrous phthalic acid, Dodecenyl anhydride succinic acid, 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydro-3-furanyl) -3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1, 2-Dicarboxylic acid anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, benzophenonetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, biphenyltetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride, 3 , 3'-4,4'-diphenylsulfone tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride, 1,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-5- (tetrahydro-2,5-dioxo-3-franyl) -naphtho [ 1,2-C] Fran-1,3-dione, ethylene glycol bis (anhydrotrimethylate), polymer-type acid anhydrides such as styrene / maleic acid resin in which styrene and maleic acid are copolymerized. Be done. As the acid anhydride-based curing agent, a commercially available product may be used, and examples thereof include "MH-700" manufactured by Shin Nihon Rika Co., Ltd.
 アミン系硬化剤としては、1分子内中に1個以上のアミノ基を有する硬化剤が挙げられ、例えば、脂肪族アミン類、ポリエーテルアミン類、脂環式アミン類、芳香族アミン類等が挙げられ、中でも、本発明の所望の効果を奏する観点から、芳香族アミン類が好ましい。アミン系硬化剤は、第1級アミン又は第2級アミンが好ましく、第1級アミンがより好ましい。アミン系硬化剤の具体例としては、4,4’-メチレンビス(2,6-ジメチルアニリン)、ジフェニルジアミノスルホン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルメタン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、3,3’-ジアミノジフェニルスルホン、m-フェニレンジアミン、m-キシリレンジアミン、ジエチルトルエンジアミン、4,4’-ジアミノジフェニルエーテル、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、2,2’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジアミノビフェニル、3,3’-ジヒドロキシベンジジン、2,2-ビス(3-アミノ-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン、3,3-ジメチル-5,5-ジエチル-4,4-ジフェニルメタンジアミン、2,2-ビス(4-アミノフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル)プロパン、1,3-ビス(3-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,3-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ベンゼン、4,4’-ビス(4-アミノフェノキシ)ビフェニル、ビス(4-(4-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル)スルホン、ビス(4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)フェニル)スルホン、等が挙げられる。アミン系硬化剤は市販品を用いてもよく、例えば、日本化薬社製の「KAYABOND C-200S」、「KAYABOND C-100」、「カヤハードA-A」、「カヤハードA-B」、「カヤハードA-S」、三菱ケミカル社製の「エピキュアW」等が挙げられる。 Examples of the amine-based curing agent include curing agents having one or more amino groups in one molecule, and examples thereof include aliphatic amines, polyether amines, alicyclic amines, and aromatic amines. Among them, aromatic amines are preferable from the viewpoint of achieving the desired effect of the present invention. The amine-based curing agent is preferably a primary amine or a secondary amine, more preferably a primary amine. Specific examples of the amine-based curing agent include 4,4'-methylenebis (2,6-dimethylaniline), diphenyldiaminosulfone, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3'. -Diaminodiphenylsulfone, m-phenylenediamine, m-xylylenediamine, diethyltoluenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylether, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-dimethyl- 4,4'-Diaminobiphenyl, 3,3'-dihydroxybenzidine, 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane, 3,3-dimethyl-5,5-diethyl-4,4-diphenylmethane Diamine, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl) propane, 1,3-bis (3-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3- Bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis (4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl) sulfone, Examples thereof include bis (4- (3-aminophenoxy) phenyl) sulfone. Commercially available products may be used as the amine-based curing agent, for example, "KAYABOND C-200S", "KAYABOND C-100", "Kayahard A-A", "Kayahard AB", "Kayahard AB" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Corporation. Examples include "Kayahard AS" and "Epicure W" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation.
 シアネートエステル系硬化剤としては、例えば、ビスフェノールAジシアネート、ポリフェノールシアネート、オリゴ(3-メチレン-1,5-フェニレンシアネート)、4,4’-メチレンビス(2,6-ジメチルフェニルシアネート)、4,4’-エチリデンジフェニルジシアネート、ヘキサフルオロビスフェノールAジシアネート、2,2-ビス(4-シアネート)フェニルプロパン、1,1-ビス(4-シアネートフェニルメタン)、ビス(4-シアネート-3,5-ジメチルフェニル)メタン、1,3-ビス(4-シアネートフェニル-1-(メチルエチリデン))ベンゼン、ビス(4-シアネートフェニル)チオエーテル、及びビス(4-シアネートフェニル)エーテル、等の2官能シアネート樹脂;フェノールノボラック及びクレゾールノボラック等から誘導される多官能シアネート樹脂;これらシアネート樹脂が一部トリアジン化したプレポリマー;などが挙げられる。シアネートエステル系硬化剤の具体例としては、ロンザジャパン社製の「PT30」及び「PT60」(いずれもフェノールノボラック型多官能シアネートエステル樹脂);「ULL-950S」(多官能シアネートエステル樹脂);「BA230」、「BA230S75」(ビスフェノールAジシアネートの一部又は全部がトリアジン化され三量体となったプレポリマー);等が挙げられる。 Examples of the cyanate ester-based curing agent include bisphenol A dicyanate, polyphenol cyanate, oligo (3-methylene-1,5-phenylencyanate), 4,4'-methylenebis (2,6-dimethylphenylcyanate), and 4,4. '-Etilidendiphenyl disyanate, hexafluorobisphenol A disyanate, 2,2-bis (4-cyanate) phenylpropane, 1,1-bis (4-cyanate phenylmethane), bis (4-cyanate-3,5-dimethyl) Bifunctional cyanate resins such as phenyl) methane, 1,3-bis (4-cyanatephenyl-1- (methylethylidene)) benzene, bis (4-cyanatephenyl) thioether, and bis (4-cyanatephenyl) ether; Examples thereof include polyfunctional cyanate resins derived from phenol novolak, cresol novolak, and the like; prepolymers in which these cyanate resins are partially triazined. Specific examples of the cyanate ester-based curing agent include "PT30" and "PT60" manufactured by Lonza Japan Co., Ltd. (both are phenol novolac type polyfunctional cyanate ester resins); "ULL-950S" (polyfunctional cyanate ester resin); BA230 ”,“ BA230S75 ”(prepolymer in which part or all of bisphenol A dicyanate is triazined to form a trimer); and the like.
 (F)エポキシ硬化剤の含有量は、本発明の効果を顕著に得る観点から、樹脂組成物中の不揮発成分100質量%とした場合、好ましくは1質量%以上、より好ましくは2質量%以上、さらに好ましくは3質量%以上であり、好ましくは10質量%以下、より好ましくは8質量%以下、さらに好ましくは5質量%以下である。 (F) The content of the epoxy curing agent is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention. It is more preferably 3% by mass or more, preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or less, still more preferably 5% by mass or less.
 (F)エポキシ硬化剤の含有量としては、本発明の効果を顕著に得る観点から、樹脂組成物中の樹脂成分を100質量%とした場合、好ましくは1質量%以上、より好ましくは5質量%以上、さらに好ましくは10質量%以上であり、好ましくは25質量%以下、より好ましくは20質量%以下、さらに好ましくは15質量%以下である。 Regarding the content of the (F) epoxy curing agent, from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the effect of the present invention, when the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, it is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass. % Or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, still more preferably 15% by mass or less.
 (E)成分のエポキシ基数を1とした場合、(F)エポキシ硬化剤の活性基数は、好ましくは0.1以上、より好ましくは0.2以上、更に好ましくは0.3以上であり、好ましくは2以下、より好ましくは1.8以下、更に好ましくは1.6以下、特に好ましくは1.4以下である。ここで、「(E)成分のエポキシ基数」とは、樹脂組成物中に存在する(E)成分の不揮発成分の質量をエポキシ当量で除した値を全て合計した値である。また、「(F)エポキシ硬化剤の活性基数」とは、樹脂組成物中に存在する(F)エポキシ硬化剤の不揮発成分の質量を活性基当量で除した値を全て合計した値である。(E)成分のエポキシ基数を1とした場合の(F)エポキシ硬化剤の活性基数が前記範囲にあることにより、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得ることができる。 When the number of epoxy groups of the component (E) is 1, the number of active groups of the (F) epoxy curing agent is preferably 0.1 or more, more preferably 0.2 or more, still more preferably 0.3 or more, and is preferable. Is 2 or less, more preferably 1.8 or less, still more preferably 1.6 or less, and particularly preferably 1.4 or less. Here, the "number of epoxy groups of the component (E)" is a total value obtained by dividing the mass of the non-volatile component of the component (E) present in the resin composition by the epoxy equivalent. The "(F) number of active groups of the epoxy curing agent" is a total value obtained by dividing the mass of the non-volatile component of the (F) epoxy curing agent present in the resin composition by the active group equivalent. When the number of active groups of the (F) epoxy curing agent is in the above range when the number of epoxy groups of the component (E) is 1, the desired effect of the present invention can be remarkably obtained.
<(G)硬化促進剤>
 樹脂組成物は、上述した成分以外に、任意の成分として、更に、(G)成分硬化促進剤を含有していてもよい。(G)成分は、1種類単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
<(G) Curing accelerator>
In addition to the above-mentioned components, the resin composition may further contain (G) component curing accelerator as an arbitrary component. The component (G) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 (G)成分としては、例えば、リン系硬化促進剤、アミン系硬化促進剤、イミダゾール系硬化促進剤、グアニジン系硬化促進剤、金属系硬化促進剤等が挙げられる。 Examples of the component (G) include a phosphorus-based curing accelerator, an amine-based curing accelerator, an imidazole-based curing accelerator, a guanidine-based curing accelerator, a metal-based curing accelerator, and the like.
 リン系硬化促進剤としては、例えば、トリフェニルホスフィン、ホスホニウムボレート化合物、テトラフェニルホスホニウムテトラフェニルボレート、n-ブチルホスホニウムテトラフェニルボレート、テトラブチルホスホニウムデカン酸塩、(4-メチルフェニル)トリフェニルホスホニウムチオシアネート、テトラフェニルホスホニウムチオシアネート、ブチルトリフェニルホスホニウムチオシアネート等が挙げられ、トリフェニルホスフィン、テトラブチルホスホニウムデカン酸塩が好ましい。 Examples of the phosphorus-based curing accelerator include triphenylphosphine, phosphonium borate compound, tetraphenylphosphonium tetraphenylborate, n-butylphosphonium tetraphenylborate, tetrabutylphosphonium decanoate, and (4-methylphenyl) triphenylphosphonium thiocyanate. , Tetraphenylphosphonium thiocyanate, butyltriphenylphosphonium thiocyanate and the like, and triphenylphosphine and tetrabutylphosphonium decanoate are preferable.
 アミン系硬化促進剤としては、例えば、トリエチルアミン、トリブチルアミン等のトリアルキルアミン、4-ジメチルアミノピリジン、ベンジルジメチルアミン、2,4,6,-トリス(ジメチルアミノメチル)フェノール、1,8-ジアザビシクロ(5,4,0)-ウンデセン等が挙げられ、4-ジメチルアミノピリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ(5,4,0)-ウンデセンが好ましい。 Examples of the amine-based curing accelerator include trialkylamines such as triethylamine and tributylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, benzyldimethylamine, 2,4,6, -tris (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol, and 1,8-diazabicyclo. Examples thereof include (5,4,0) -undecene, and 4-dimethylaminopyridine and 1,8-diazabicyclo (5,4,0) -undecene are preferable.
 イミダゾール系硬化促進剤としては、例えば、2-メチルイミダゾール、2-ウンデシルイミダゾール、2-ヘプタデシルイミダゾール、1,2-ジメチルイミダゾール、2-エチル-4-メチルイミダゾール、1,2-ジメチルイミダゾール、2-エチル-4-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4-メチルイミダゾール、1-ベンジル-2-メチルイミダゾール、1-ベンジル-2-フェニルイミダゾール、1-シアノエチル-2-メチルイミダゾール、1-シアノエチル-2-ウンデシルイミダゾール、1-シアノエチル-2-エチル-4-メチルイミダゾール、1-シアノエチル-2-フェニルイミダゾール、1-シアノエチル-2-ウンデシルイミダゾリウムトリメリテイト、1-シアノエチル-2-フェニルイミダゾリウムトリメリテイト、2,4-ジアミノ-6-[2’-メチルイミダゾリル-(1’)]-エチル-s-トリアジン、2,4-ジアミノ-6-[2’-ウンデシルイミダゾリル-(1’)]-エチル-s-トリアジン、2,4-ジアミノ-6-[2’-エチル-4’-メチルイミダゾリル-(1’)]-エチル-s-トリアジン、2,4-ジアミノ-6-[2’-メチルイミダゾリル-(1’)]-エチル-s-トリアジンイソシアヌル酸付加物、2-フェニルイミダゾールイソシアヌル酸付加物、2-フェニル-4,5-ジヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4-メチル-5-ヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール、2,3-ジヒドロ-1H-ピロロ[1,2-a]ベンズイミダゾール、1-ドデシル-2-メチル-3-ベンジルイミダゾリウムクロライド、2-メチルイミダゾリン、2-フェニルイミダゾリン等のイミダゾール化合物及びイミダゾール化合物とエポキシ樹脂とのアダクト体が挙げられ、2-エチル-4-メチルイミダゾール、1-ベンジル-2-フェニルイミダゾールが好ましい。 Examples of the imidazole-based curing accelerator include 2-methylimidazole, 2-undecylimidazole, 2-heptadecylimidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 1,2-dimethylimidazole, and the like. 2-Ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-benzyl-2-methylimidazole, 1-benzyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-methylimidazole, 1-Cyanoethyl-2-undecylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1-cyanoethyl-2-undecylimidazolium trimellitate, 1-cyanoethyl- 2-Phenylimidazolium trimellitate, 2,4-diamino-6- [2'-methylimidazolyl- (1')]-ethyl-s-triazine, 2,4-diamino-6- [2'-undecyl Imidazolyl- (1')]-ethyl-s-triazine, 2,4-diamino-6- [2'-ethyl-4'-methylimidazolyl- (1')]-ethyl-s-triazine, 2,4- Diamino-6- [2'-methylimidazolyl- (1')]-ethyl-s-triazine isocyanuric acid adduct, 2-phenylimidazole isocyanuric acid adduct, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2- Phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole, 2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrolo [1,2-a] benzimidazole, 1-dodecyl-2-methyl-3-benzylimidazolium chloride, 2-methylimidazoline Examples thereof include imidazole compounds such as 2-phenylimidazolin and adducts of the imidazole compound and an epoxy resin, and 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole and 1-benzyl-2-phenylimidazole are preferable.
 イミダゾール系硬化促進剤としては、市販品を用いてもよく、例えば、三菱ケミカル社製の「P200-H50」等が挙げられる。 As the imidazole-based curing accelerator, a commercially available product may be used, and examples thereof include "P200-H50" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation.
 グアニジン系硬化促進剤としては、例えば、ジシアンジアミド、1-メチルグアニジン、1-エチルグアニジン、1-シクロヘキシルグアニジン、1-フェニルグアニジン、1-(o-トリル)グアニジン、ジメチルグアニジン、ジフェニルグアニジン、トリメチルグアニジン、テトラメチルグアニジン、ペンタメチルグアニジン、1,5,7-トリアザビシクロ[4.4.0]デカ-5-エン、7-メチル-1,5,7-トリアザビシクロ[4.4.0]デカ-5-エン、1-メチルビグアニド、1-エチルビグアニド、1-n-ブチルビグアニド、1-n-オクタデシルビグアニド、1,1-ジメチルビグアニド、1,1-ジエチルビグアニド、1-シクロヘキシルビグアニド、1-アリルビグアニド、1-フェニルビグアニド、1-(o-トリル)ビグアニド等が挙げられ、ジシアンジアミド、1,5,7-トリアザビシクロ[4.4.0]デカ-5-エンが好ましい。 Examples of the guanidine-based curing accelerator include dicyandiamide, 1-methylguanidine, 1-ethylguanidine, 1-cyclohexylguanidine, 1-phenylguanidine, 1- (o-tolyl) guanidine, dimethylguanidine, diphenylguanidine, and trimethylguanidine. Tetramethylguanidine, pentamethylguanidine, 1,5,7-triazabicyclo [4.4.0] deca-5-ene, 7-methyl-1,5,7-triazabicyclo [4.4.0] Deca-5-ene, 1-methylbiguanide, 1-ethylbiguanide, 1-n-butylbiguanide, 1-n-octadecylviguanide, 1,1-dimethylbiguanide, 1,1-diethylbiguanide, 1-cyclohexylbiguanide, 1 -Allylbiguanide, 1-phenylbiguanide, 1- (o-tolyl) biguanide and the like can be mentioned, with dicyandiamide and 1,5,7-triazabicyclo [4.4.0] deca-5-ene being preferred.
 金属系硬化促進剤としては、例えば、コバルト、銅、亜鉛、鉄、ニッケル、マンガン、スズ等の金属の、有機金属錯体又は有機金属塩が挙げられる。有機金属錯体の具体例としては、コバルト(II)アセチルアセトナート、コバルト(III)アセチルアセトナート等の有機コバルト錯体、銅(II)アセチルアセトナート等の有機銅錯体、亜鉛(II)アセチルアセトナート等の有機亜鉛錯体、鉄(III)アセチルアセトナート等の有機鉄錯体、ニッケル(II)アセチルアセトナート等の有機ニッケル錯体、マンガン(II)アセチルアセトナート等の有機マンガン錯体等が挙げられる。有機金属塩としては、例えば、オクチル酸亜鉛、オクチル酸錫、ナフテン酸亜鉛、ナフテン酸コバルト、ステアリン酸スズ、ステアリン酸亜鉛等が挙げられる。 Examples of the metal-based curing accelerator include organic metal complexes or organic metal salts of metals such as cobalt, copper, zinc, iron, nickel, manganese, and tin. Specific examples of the organometallic complex include organic cobalt complexes such as cobalt (II) acetylacetonate and cobalt (III) acetylacetonate, organic copper complexes such as copper (II) acetylacetonate, and zinc (II) acetylacetonate. Examples thereof include an organic zinc complex such as iron (III) acetylacetonate, an organic nickel complex such as nickel (II) acetylacetonate, and an organic manganese complex such as manganese (II) acetylacetonate. Examples of the organic metal salt include zinc octylate, tin octylate, zinc naphthenate, cobalt naphthenate, tin stearate, zinc stearate and the like.
 (G)成分の含有量は、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、樹脂組成物中の不揮発成分を100質量%とした場合、好ましくは0.01質量%以上、より好ましくは0.03質量%以上、さらに好ましくは0.05質量%以上であり、好ましくは1質量%以下、より好ましくは0.8質量%以下、さらに好ましくは0.5質量%以下である。 The content of the component (G) is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0, when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention. It is 0.03% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.8% by mass or less, still more preferably 0.5% by mass or less.
 (G)成分の含有量としては、本発明の所望の効果を顕著に得る観点から、樹脂組成物中の樹脂成分を100質量%とした場合、好ましくは1質量%以上、より好ましくは5質量%以上、さらに好ましくは10質量%以上であり、好ましくは25質量%以下、より好ましくは20質量%以下、さらに好ましくは15質量%以下である。 Regarding the content of the component (G), from the viewpoint of remarkably obtaining the desired effect of the present invention, when the resin component in the resin composition is 100% by mass, it is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass. % Or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, still more preferably 15% by mass or less.
<(H)その他の添加剤>
 樹脂組成物は、上述した成分以外に、任意の成分として、更にその他の添加剤を含んでいてもよい。このような添加剤としては、例えば、熱可塑性樹脂、難燃剤、増粘剤、消泡剤、レベリング剤、密着性付与剤等の樹脂添加剤などが挙げられる。これらの添加剤は、1種類単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。それぞれの含有量は当業者であれば適宜設定できる。
<(H) Other additives>
In addition to the above-mentioned components, the resin composition may further contain other additives as arbitrary components. Examples of such additives include resin additives such as thermoplastic resins, flame retardants, thickeners, defoamers, leveling agents, and adhesion-imparting agents. These additives may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Each content can be appropriately set by those skilled in the art.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の調製方法は、特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、配合成分を、必要により溶媒等を添加し、回転ミキサーなどを用いて混合・分散する方法などが挙げられる。 The method for preparing the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method in which a compounding component is mixed and dispersed using a rotary mixer or the like by adding a solvent or the like as necessary.
<樹脂組成物の物性、用途>
 樹脂組成物は(A)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂、(B)液状硬化剤、及び(C)無機充填材を組み合わせて含むので、反りの発生が抑制され、銅箔密着性及び誘電特性に優れた硬化物を得ることができる。
<Physical characteristics and uses of resin composition>
Since the resin composition contains (A) a vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure, (B) a liquid curing agent, and (C) an inorganic filler in combination, the occurrence of warpage is suppressed, and the copper foil adhesion and dielectric properties are improved. An excellent cured product can be obtained.
 樹脂組成物を200℃、90分間熱硬化させた硬化物は、銅箔との間の密着性(信頼性試験前の銅箔密着性)に優れるという特性を示す。よって、前記硬化物は、銅箔との間の密着性に優れる絶縁層をもたらす。銅箔密着性は、好ましくは0.40kgf/cm以上、より好ましくは0.43kgf/cm以上、さらに好ましくは0.45kgf/cm以上である。銅箔密着性の上限値は、10kgf/cm以下等とし得る。銅箔密着性の測定は、後述する実施例に記載の方法に従って測定することができる。 The cured product obtained by heat-curing the resin composition at 200 ° C. for 90 minutes exhibits a characteristic of excellent adhesion to the copper foil (copper foil adhesion before the reliability test). Therefore, the cured product provides an insulating layer having excellent adhesion to the copper foil. The copper foil adhesion is preferably 0.40 kgf / cm or more, more preferably 0.43 kgf / cm or more, still more preferably 0.45 kgf / cm or more. The upper limit of the copper foil adhesion may be 10 kgf / cm or less. The copper foil adhesion can be measured according to the method described in Examples described later.
 樹脂組成物を200℃、90分間熱硬化させた硬化物は、通常、信頼性試験(130℃、湿度85%RH、200時間)後の銅箔との間の密着性(信頼性試験後の銅箔密着性)に優れるという特性を示す。よって、前記硬化物は、通常、信頼性試験後の銅箔との間の密着性に優れる絶縁層をもたらす。信頼性試験後の銅箔密着性は、好ましくは0.30kgf/cm以上、より好ましくは0.33kgf/cm以上、さらに好ましくは0.35kgf/cm以上である。信頼性試験後の銅箔密着性の上限値は、10kgf/cm以下等とし得る。信頼性試験後の銅箔密着性の測定は、後述する実施例に記載の方法に従って測定することができる。 The cured product obtained by heat-curing the resin composition at 200 ° C. for 90 minutes usually has adhesion (after the reliability test) to the copper foil after the reliability test (130 ° C., humidity 85% RH, 200 hours). It exhibits the property of being excellent in copper foil adhesion). Therefore, the cured product usually provides an insulating layer having excellent adhesion to the copper foil after the reliability test. The adhesion of the copper foil after the reliability test is preferably 0.30 kgf / cm or more, more preferably 0.33 kgf / cm or more, and further preferably 0.35 kgf / cm or more. The upper limit of the copper foil adhesion after the reliability test may be 10 kgf / cm or less. The copper foil adhesion after the reliability test can be measured according to the method described in Examples described later.
 樹脂組成物を200℃で90分間熱硬化させた硬化物は、誘電率が低いという特性を示す。よって、前記の硬化物は、誘電率が低い絶縁層をもたらす。誘電率は、好ましくは3.0以下、より好ましくは2.95以下、さらに好ましくは2.9以下である。一方、誘電率の下限値は0.01以上等とし得る。誘電率の測定は、後述する実施例に記載の方法に従って測定することができる。 The cured product obtained by thermally curing the resin composition at 200 ° C. for 90 minutes exhibits a characteristic of low dielectric constant. Therefore, the cured product provides an insulating layer having a low dielectric constant. The dielectric constant is preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 2.95 or less, still more preferably 2.9 or less. On the other hand, the lower limit of the dielectric constant may be 0.01 or more. The dielectric constant can be measured according to the method described in Examples described later.
 樹脂組成物を200℃で90分間熱硬化させた硬化物は、誘電正接が低いという特性を示す。よって、前記の硬化物は、誘電正接が低い絶縁層をもたらす。誘電正接は、好ましくは0.004以下、より好ましくは0.003以下、さらに好ましくは0.0025以下である。一方、誘電正接の下限値は0.0001以上等とし得る。誘電正接の測定は、後述する実施例に記載の方法に従って測定することができる。 The cured product obtained by thermally curing the resin composition at 200 ° C. for 90 minutes exhibits a characteristic of low dielectric loss tangent. Therefore, the cured product provides an insulating layer having a low dielectric loss tangent. The dielectric loss tangent is preferably 0.004 or less, more preferably 0.003 or less, still more preferably 0.0025 or less. On the other hand, the lower limit of the dielectric loss tangent may be 0.0001 or more. The dielectric loss tangent can be measured according to the method described in Examples described later.
 樹脂組成物を190℃で90分間熱硬化させた硬化物は、反り量が抑制されるという特性を示す。よって、前記の硬化物は、通常、反り量が抑制された絶縁層をもたらす。具体的に、銅箔に樹脂組成物をラミネートし樹脂組成物層を得る。樹脂組成物層が上面になるようにSUS板にポリイミドテープで貼りつけ、190℃、90分熱硬化させることで試料基板を得る。ポリイミドテープを剥離し、SUS板から最も高い点の高さを求めることで反り量を求める。前記反り量は、好ましくは1cm未満、より好ましくは0.8cm以下、さらに好ましくは0.7cm以下である。反り量の下限値は0cm以上等とし得る。反り量の測定の詳細は、後述する実施例に記載の方法に従って測定することができる。 The cured product obtained by thermally curing the resin composition at 190 ° C. for 90 minutes exhibits the characteristic that the amount of warpage is suppressed. Therefore, the cured product usually provides an insulating layer in which the amount of warpage is suppressed. Specifically, the resin composition is laminated on the copper foil to obtain a resin composition layer. A sample substrate is obtained by sticking it on a SUS plate with a polyimide tape so that the resin composition layer is on the upper surface, and heat-curing it at 190 ° C. for 90 minutes. The amount of warpage is determined by peeling off the polyimide tape and determining the height of the highest point from the SUS plate. The amount of warpage is preferably less than 1 cm, more preferably 0.8 cm or less, still more preferably 0.7 cm or less. The lower limit of the amount of warpage may be 0 cm or more. The details of the measurement of the amount of warpage can be measured according to the method described in Examples described later.
 樹脂組成物は、反りの発生が抑制され、銅箔密着性及び誘電特性に優れた硬化物を得ることができる。したがって、本発明の樹脂組成物は、絶縁用途の樹脂組成物として好適に使用することができる。具体的には、絶縁層上に形成される導体層(再配線層を含む)を形成するための当該絶縁層を形成するための樹脂組成物(導体層を形成するための絶縁層形成用樹脂組成物)として好適に使用することができる。 In the resin composition, the generation of warpage is suppressed, and a cured product having excellent copper foil adhesion and dielectric properties can be obtained. Therefore, the resin composition of the present invention can be suitably used as a resin composition for insulating applications. Specifically, a resin composition for forming the insulating layer for forming the conductor layer (including the rewiring layer) formed on the insulating layer (resin for forming the insulating layer for forming the conductor layer). It can be suitably used as a composition).
 また、後述する多層プリント配線板において、多層プリント配線板の絶縁層を形成するための樹脂組成物(多層プリント配線板の絶縁層形成用樹脂組成物)、プリント配線板の層間絶縁層を形成するための樹脂組成物(プリント配線板の層間絶縁層形成用樹脂組成物)として好適に使用することができる。 Further, in the multilayer printed wiring board described later, a resin composition for forming an insulating layer of the multilayer printed wiring board (resin composition for forming an insulating layer of the multilayer printed wiring board) and an interlayer insulating layer of the printed wiring board are formed. It can be suitably used as a resin composition for forming an interlayer insulating layer of a printed wiring board (resin composition for forming an interlayer insulating layer of a printed wiring board).
 また、例えば、以下の(1)~(6)工程を経て半導体チップパッケージが製造される場合、本発明の樹脂組成物は、再配線層を形成するための絶縁層としての再配線形成層用の樹脂組成物(再配線形成層形成用の樹脂組成物)、及び半導体チップを封止するための樹脂組成物(半導体チップ封止用の樹脂組成物)としても好適に使用することができる。半導体チップパッケージが製造される際、封止層上に更に再配線層を形成してもよい。
 (1)基材に仮固定フィルムを積層する工程、
 (2)半導体チップを、仮固定フィルム上に仮固定する工程、
 (3)半導体チップ上に封止層を形成する工程、
 (4)基材及び仮固定フィルムを半導体チップから剥離する工程、
 (5)半導体チップの基材及び仮固定フィルムを剥離した面に、絶縁層としての再配線形成層を形成する工程、及び
 (6)再配線形成層上に、導体層としての再配線層を形成する工程
Further, for example, when the semiconductor chip package is manufactured through the following steps (1) to (6), the resin composition of the present invention is for a rewiring forming layer as an insulating layer for forming the rewiring layer. Can also be suitably used as a resin composition (resin composition for forming a rewiring forming layer) and a resin composition for encapsulating a semiconductor chip (resin composition for encapsulating a semiconductor chip). When the semiconductor chip package is manufactured, a rewiring layer may be further formed on the sealing layer.
(1) Step of laminating a temporary fixing film on a base material,
(2) A process of temporarily fixing a semiconductor chip on a temporary fixing film,
(3) Step of forming a sealing layer on a semiconductor chip,
(4) Step of peeling the base material and the temporary fixing film from the semiconductor chip,
(5) A step of forming a rewiring forming layer as an insulating layer on the surface from which the base material and the temporary fixing film of the semiconductor chip are peeled off, and (6) a rewiring layer as a conductor layer is formed on the rewiring forming layer. Forming process
[樹脂シート]
 本発明の樹脂シートは、支持体と、該支持体上に設けられた、本発明の樹脂組成物で形成された樹脂組成物層を含む。
[Resin sheet]
The resin sheet of the present invention includes a support and a resin composition layer provided on the support and formed of the resin composition of the present invention.
 樹脂組成物層の厚さは、プリント配線板の薄型化、及び当該樹脂組成物の硬化物が薄膜であっても絶縁性に優れた硬化物を提供できるという観点から、好ましくは50μm以下、より好ましくは40μm以下、さらに好ましくは30μm以下である。樹脂組成物層の厚さの下限は、特に限定されないが、通常、5μm以上等とし得る。 The thickness of the resin composition layer is preferably 50 μm or less from the viewpoint of reducing the thickness of the printed wiring board and providing a cured product having excellent insulating properties even if the cured product of the resin composition is a thin film. It is preferably 40 μm or less, more preferably 30 μm or less. The lower limit of the thickness of the resin composition layer is not particularly limited, but may be usually 5 μm or more.
 支持体としては、例えば、プラスチック材料からなるフィルム、金属箔、離型紙が挙げられ、プラスチック材料からなるフィルム、金属箔が好ましい。 Examples of the support include a film made of a plastic material, a metal foil, and a release paper, and a film made of a plastic material and a metal foil are preferable.
 支持体としてプラスチック材料からなるフィルムを使用する場合、プラスチック材料としては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(以下「PET」と略称することがある。)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(以下「PEN」と略称することがある。)等のポリエステル、ポリカーボネート(以下「PC」と略称することがある。)、ポリメチルメタクリレート(PMMA)等のアクリル、環状ポリオレフィン、トリアセチルセルロース(TAC)、ポリエーテルサルファイド(PES)、ポリエーテルケトン、ポリイミド等が挙げられる。中でも、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレートが好ましく、安価なポリエチレンテレフタレートが特に好ましい。 When a film made of a plastic material is used as the support, the plastic material may be, for example, polyethylene terephthalate (hereinafter abbreviated as "PET") or polyethylene naphthalate (hereinafter abbreviated as "PEN"). ) And other polyesters, polycarbonate (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "PC"), acrylics such as polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA), cyclic polyolefins, triacetylcellulose (TAC), polyethersulfide (PES), polyethers. Examples thereof include ketones and polyimides. Of these, polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate are preferable, and inexpensive polyethylene terephthalate is particularly preferable.
 支持体として金属箔を使用する場合、金属箔としては、例えば、銅箔、アルミニウム箔等が挙げられ、銅箔が好ましい。銅箔としては、銅の単金属からなる箔を用いてもよく、銅と他の金属(例えば、スズ、クロム、銀、マグネシウム、ニッケル、ジルコニウム、ケイ素、チタン等)との合金からなる箔を用いてもよい。 When a metal foil is used as the support, examples of the metal foil include copper foil, aluminum foil, and the like, and copper foil is preferable. As the copper foil, a foil made of a single metal of copper may be used, and a foil made of an alloy of copper and another metal (for example, tin, chromium, silver, magnesium, nickel, zirconium, silicon, titanium, etc.) may be used. You may use it.
 支持体は、樹脂組成物層と接合する面にマット処理、コロナ処理、帯電防止処理を施してあってもよい。 The support may be matted, corona-treated, or antistatic-treated on the surface to be joined to the resin composition layer.
 また、支持体としては、樹脂組成物層と接合する面に離型層を有する離型層付き支持体を使用してもよい。離型層付き支持体の離型層に使用する離型剤としては、例えば、アルキド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、及びシリコーン樹脂からなる群から選択される1種以上の離型剤が挙げられる。離型層付き支持体は、市販品を用いてもよく、例えば、アルキド樹脂系離型剤を主成分とする離型層を有するPETフィルムである、リンテック社製の「SK-1」、「AL-5」、「AL-7」、東レ社製の「ルミラーT60」、帝人社製の「ピューレックス」、ユニチカ社製の「ユニピール」等が挙げられる。 Further, as the support, a support with a release layer having a release layer on the surface to be joined to the resin composition layer may be used. Examples of the release agent used for the release layer of the support with the release layer include one or more release agents selected from the group consisting of alkyd resin, polyolefin resin, urethane resin, and silicone resin. .. As the support with a release layer, a commercially available product may be used. For example, "SK-1" and "SK-1" manufactured by Lintec Corporation, which are PET films having a release layer containing an alkyd resin-based mold release agent as a main component. Examples include "AL-5", "AL-7", "Lumilar T60" manufactured by Toray Industries, "Purex" manufactured by Teijin Ltd., and "Unipee" manufactured by Unitika Ltd.
 支持体の厚みとしては、特に限定されないが、5μm~75μmの範囲が好ましく、10μm~60μmの範囲がより好ましい。なお、離型層付き支持体を使用する場合、離型層付き支持体全体の厚さが上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The thickness of the support is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 5 μm to 75 μm, and more preferably in the range of 10 μm to 60 μm. When a support with a release layer is used, the thickness of the entire support with a release layer is preferably in the above range.
 一実施形態において、樹脂シートは、さらに必要に応じて、その他の層を含んでいてもよい。斯かるその他の層としては、例えば、樹脂組成物層の支持体と接合していない面(即ち、支持体とは反対側の面)に設けられた、支持体に準じた保護フィルム等が挙げられる。保護フィルムの厚さは、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、1μm~40μmである。保護フィルムを積層することにより、樹脂組成物層の表面へのゴミ等の付着やキズを抑制することができる。 In one embodiment, the resin sheet may further contain other layers, if necessary. Examples of such other layers include a protective film similar to the support provided on the surface of the resin composition layer that is not bonded to the support (that is, the surface opposite to the support). Be done. The thickness of the protective film is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 1 μm to 40 μm. By laminating the protective film, it is possible to suppress the adhesion and scratches of dust and the like on the surface of the resin composition layer.
 樹脂シートは、例えば、有機溶剤に樹脂組成物を溶解した樹脂ワニスを調製し、この樹脂ワニスを、ダイコーター等を用いて支持体上に塗布し、更に乾燥させて樹脂組成物層を形成させることにより製造することができる。 For the resin sheet, for example, a resin varnish in which a resin composition is dissolved in an organic solvent is prepared, and this resin varnish is applied onto a support using a die coater or the like and further dried to form a resin composition layer. It can be manufactured by.
 有機溶剤としては、例えば、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン(MEK)及びシクロヘキサノン等のケトン類;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、セロソルブアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート及びカルビトールアセテート等の酢酸エステル類;セロソルブ及びブチルカルビトール等のカルビトール類;トルエン及びキシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類;ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルアセトアミド(DMAc)及びN-メチルピロリドン等のアミド系溶剤等を挙げることができる。有機溶剤は1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 Examples of the organic solvent include ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) and cyclohexanone; acetic acid esters such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, cellosolve acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and carbitol acetate; cellosolve and butyl carbitol and the like. Carbitols; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; amide solvents such as dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide (DMAc) and N-methylpyrrolidone. The organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 乾燥は、加熱、熱風吹きつけ等の公知の方法により実施してよい。乾燥条件は特に限定されないが、樹脂組成物層中の有機溶剤の含有量が10質量%以下、好ましくは5質量%以下となるように乾燥させる。樹脂ワニス中の有機溶剤の沸点によっても異なるが、例えば30質量%~60質量%の有機溶剤を含む樹脂ワニスを用いる場合、50℃~150℃で3分間~10分間乾燥させることにより、樹脂組成物層を形成することができる。 Drying may be carried out by a known method such as heating or blowing hot air. The drying conditions are not particularly limited, but the resin composition layer is dried so that the content of the organic solvent is 10% by mass or less, preferably 5% by mass or less. Although it depends on the boiling point of the organic solvent in the resin varnish, for example, when a resin varnish containing 30% by mass to 60% by mass of an organic solvent is used, the resin composition is obtained by drying at 50 ° C. to 150 ° C. for 3 to 10 minutes. A layer can be formed.
 樹脂シートは、ロール状に巻きとって保存することが可能である。樹脂シートが保護フィルムを有する場合、保護フィルムを剥がすことによって使用可能となる。 The resin sheet can be rolled up and stored. If the resin sheet has a protective film, it can be used by peeling off the protective film.
[プリント配線板]
 本発明のプリント配線板は、本発明の樹脂組成物の硬化物により形成された絶縁層を含む。
[Printed wiring board]
The printed wiring board of the present invention includes an insulating layer formed of a cured product of the resin composition of the present invention.
 プリント配線板は、例えば、上述の樹脂シートを用いて、下記(I)及び(II)の工程を含む方法により製造することができる。
 (I)内層基板上に、樹脂シートの樹脂組成物層が内層基板と接合するように積層する工程
 (II)樹脂組成物層を熱硬化して絶縁層を形成する工程
The printed wiring board can be manufactured, for example, by using the above-mentioned resin sheet by a method including the following steps (I) and (II).
(I) A step of laminating the resin composition layer of the resin sheet on the inner layer substrate so as to be bonded to the inner layer substrate (II) A step of thermally curing the resin composition layer to form an insulating layer.
 工程(I)で用いる「内層基板」とは、プリント配線板の基板となる部材であって、例えば、ガラスエポキシ基板、金属基板、ポリエステル基板、ポリイミド基板、BTレジン基板、熱硬化型ポリフェニレンエーテル基板等が挙げられる。また、該基板は、その片面又は両面に導体層を有していてもよく、この導体層はパターン加工されていてもよい。基板の片面または両面に導体層(回路)が形成された内層基板は「内層回路基板」ということがある。またプリント配線板を製造する際に、さらに絶縁層及び/又は導体層が形成されるべき中間製造物も本発明でいう「内層基板」に含まれる。プリント配線板が部品内蔵回路板である場合、部品を内蔵した内層基板を使用し得る。 The "inner layer substrate" used in the step (I) is a member that becomes a substrate of a printed wiring board, and is, for example, a glass epoxy substrate, a metal substrate, a polyester substrate, a polyimide substrate, a BT resin substrate, and a thermosetting polyphenylene ether substrate. And so on. Further, the substrate may have a conductor layer on one side or both sides thereof, and the conductor layer may be patterned. An inner layer board in which a conductor layer (circuit) is formed on one side or both sides of the board may be referred to as an "inner layer circuit board". Further, an intermediate product in which an insulating layer and / or a conductor layer should be further formed when the printed wiring board is manufactured is also included in the "inner layer substrate" in the present invention. When the printed wiring board is a circuit board with built-in components, an inner layer board with built-in components can be used.
 内層基板と樹脂シートの積層は、例えば、支持体側から樹脂シートを内層基板に加熱圧着することにより行うことができる。樹脂シートを内層基板に加熱圧着する部材(以下、「加熱圧着部材」ともいう。)としては、例えば、加熱された金属板(SUS鏡板等)又は金属ロール(SUSロール)等が挙げられる。なお、加熱圧着部材を樹脂シートに直接プレスするのではなく、内層基板の表面凹凸に樹脂シートが十分に追随するよう、耐熱ゴム等の弾性材を介してプレスするのが好ましい。 The inner layer substrate and the resin sheet can be laminated, for example, by heat-pressing the resin sheet to the inner layer substrate from the support side. Examples of the member for heat-pressing the resin sheet to the inner layer substrate (hereinafter, also referred to as “heat-bonding member”) include a heated metal plate (SUS end plate or the like) or a metal roll (SUS roll). It is preferable not to press the heat-bonded member directly onto the resin sheet, but to press it through an elastic material such as heat-resistant rubber so that the resin sheet sufficiently follows the surface irregularities of the inner layer substrate.
 内層基板と樹脂シートの積層は、真空ラミネート法により実施してよい。真空ラミネート法において、加熱圧着温度は、好ましくは60℃~160℃、より好ましくは80℃~140℃の範囲であり、加熱圧着圧力は、好ましくは0.098MPa~1.77MPa、より好ましくは0.29MPa~1.47MPaの範囲であり、加熱圧着時間は、好ましくは20秒間~400秒間、より好ましくは30秒間~300秒間の範囲である。積層は、好ましくは圧力26.7hPa以下の減圧条件下で実施する。 The inner layer substrate and the resin sheet may be laminated by the vacuum laminating method. In the vacuum laminating method, the heat crimping temperature is preferably in the range of 60 ° C. to 160 ° C., more preferably 80 ° C. to 140 ° C., and the heat crimping pressure is preferably 0.098 MPa to 1.77 MPa, more preferably 0. It is in the range of .29 MPa to 1.47 MPa, and the heat crimping time is preferably in the range of 20 seconds to 400 seconds, more preferably 30 seconds to 300 seconds. Lamination is preferably carried out under reduced pressure conditions with a pressure of 26.7 hPa or less.
 積層は、市販の真空ラミネーターによって行うことができる。市販の真空ラミネーターとしては、例えば、名機製作所社製の真空加圧式ラミネーター、ニッコー・マテリアルズ社製のバキュームアップリケーター、バッチ式真空加圧ラミネーター等が挙げられる。 Lamination can be performed by a commercially available vacuum laminator. Examples of the commercially available vacuum laminator include a vacuum pressurizing laminator manufactured by Meiki Co., Ltd., a vacuum applicator manufactured by Nikko Materials, and a batch type vacuum pressurizing laminator.
 積層の後に、常圧下(大気圧下)、例えば、加熱圧着部材を支持体側からプレスすることにより、積層された樹脂シートの平滑化処理を行ってもよい。平滑化処理のプレス条件は、上記積層の加熱圧着条件と同様の条件とすることができる。平滑化処理は、市販のラミネーターによって行うことができる。なお、積層と平滑化処理は、上記の市販の真空ラミネーターを用いて連続的に行ってもよい。 After laminating, the laminated resin sheet may be smoothed by pressing under normal pressure (under atmospheric pressure), for example, from the support side. The press conditions for the smoothing treatment can be the same as the heat-bonding conditions for the above-mentioned lamination. The smoothing process can be performed by a commercially available laminator. The laminating and smoothing treatment may be continuously performed using the above-mentioned commercially available vacuum laminator.
 支持体は、工程(I)と工程(II)の間に除去してもよく、工程(II)の後に除去してもよい。 The support may be removed between steps (I) and step (II) or after step (II).
 工程(II)において、樹脂組成物層を熱硬化して絶縁層を形成する。樹脂組成物層の熱硬化条件は特に限定されず、プリント配線板の絶縁層を形成するに際して通常採用される条件を使用してよい。 In step (II), the resin composition layer is thermally cured to form an insulating layer. The thermosetting conditions of the resin composition layer are not particularly limited, and the conditions usually adopted when forming the insulating layer of the printed wiring board may be used.
 例えば、樹脂組成物層の熱硬化条件は、樹脂組成物の種類等によっても異なるが、硬化温度は好ましくは120℃~240℃、より好ましくは150℃~220℃、さらに好ましくは170℃~210℃である。硬化時間は好ましくは5分間~120分間、より好ましくは10分間~100分間、さらに好ましくは15分間~100分間とすることができる。 For example, the thermosetting conditions of the resin composition layer differ depending on the type of the resin composition and the like, but the curing temperature is preferably 120 ° C. to 240 ° C., more preferably 150 ° C. to 220 ° C., still more preferably 170 ° C. to 210. ℃. The curing time can be preferably 5 minutes to 120 minutes, more preferably 10 minutes to 100 minutes, and even more preferably 15 minutes to 100 minutes.
 樹脂組成物層を熱硬化させる前に、樹脂組成物層を硬化温度よりも低い温度にて予備加熱してもよい。例えば、樹脂組成物層を熱硬化させるのに先立ち、50℃以上120℃未満(好ましくは60℃以上115℃以下、より好ましくは70℃以上110℃以下)の温度にて、樹脂組成物層を5分間以上(好ましくは5分間~150分間、より好ましくは15分間~120分間、さらに好ましくは15分間~100分間)予備加熱してもよい。 Before the resin composition layer is thermally cured, the resin composition layer may be preheated at a temperature lower than the curing temperature. For example, prior to thermosetting the resin composition layer, the resin composition layer is heated at a temperature of 50 ° C. or higher and lower than 120 ° C. (preferably 60 ° C. or higher and 115 ° C. or lower, more preferably 70 ° C. or higher and 110 ° C. or lower). Preheating may be performed for 5 minutes or longer (preferably 5 minutes to 150 minutes, more preferably 15 minutes to 120 minutes, still more preferably 15 minutes to 100 minutes).
 プリント配線板を製造するに際しては、(III)絶縁層に穴あけする工程、(IV)絶縁層を粗化処理する工程、(V)導体層を形成する工程をさらに実施してもよい。これらの工程(III)乃至工程(V)は、プリント配線板の製造に用いられる、当業者に公知の各種方法に従って実施してよい。なお、支持体を工程(II)の後に除去する場合、該支持体の除去は、工程(II)と工程(III)との間、工程(III)と工程(IV)の間、又は工程(IV)と工程(V)との間に実施してよい。また、必要に応じて、工程(II)~工程(V)の絶縁層及び導体層の形成を繰り返して実施し、多層配線板を形成してもよい。 When manufacturing a printed wiring board, (III) a step of drilling a hole in the insulating layer, (IV) a step of roughening the insulating layer, and (V) a step of forming a conductor layer may be further carried out. These steps (III) to (V) may be carried out according to various methods known to those skilled in the art used for manufacturing a printed wiring board. When the support is removed after the step (II), the support may be removed between the steps (II) and the step (III), between the steps (III) and the step (IV), or the step ( It may be carried out between IV) and step (V). Further, if necessary, the formation of the insulating layer and the conductor layer in steps (II) to (V) may be repeated to form a multilayer wiring board.
 工程(III)は、絶縁層に穴あけする工程であり、これにより絶縁層にビアホール、スルーホール等のホールを形成することができる。工程(III)は、絶縁層の形成に使用した樹脂組成物の組成等に応じて、例えば、ドリル、レーザー、プラズマ等を使用して実施してよい。ホールの寸法や形状は、プリント配線板のデザインに応じて適宜決定してよい。 Step (III) is a step of drilling holes in the insulating layer, whereby holes such as via holes and through holes can be formed in the insulating layer. The step (III) may be carried out by using, for example, a drill, a laser, a plasma, or the like, depending on the composition of the resin composition used for forming the insulating layer. The dimensions and shape of the holes may be appropriately determined according to the design of the printed wiring board.
 工程(IV)は、絶縁層を粗化処理する工程である。通常、この工程(IV)において、スミアの除去も行われる。粗化処理の手順、条件は特に限定されず、プリント配線板の絶縁層を形成するに際して通常使用される公知の手順、条件を採用することができる。例えば、膨潤液による膨潤処理、酸化剤による粗化処理、中和液による中和処理をこの順に実施して絶縁層を粗化処理することができる。粗化処理に用いる膨潤液としては特に限定されないが、アルカリ溶液、界面活性剤溶液等が挙げられ、好ましくはアルカリ溶液であり、該アルカリ溶液としては、水酸化ナトリウム溶液、水酸化カリウム溶液がより好ましい。市販されている膨潤液としては、例えば、アトテックジャパン社製の「スウェリング・ディップ・セキュリガンスP」、「スウェリング・ディップ・セキュリガンスSBU」、「スウェリングディップ・セキュリガントP」等が挙げられる。膨潤液による膨潤処理は、特に限定されないが、例えば、30℃~90℃の膨潤液に絶縁層を1分間~20分間浸漬することにより行うことができる。絶縁層の樹脂の膨潤を適度なレベルに抑える観点から、40℃~80℃の膨潤液に絶縁層を5分間~15分間浸漬させることが好ましい。粗化処理に用いる酸化剤としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、水酸化ナトリウムの水溶液に過マンガン酸カリウムや過マンガン酸ナトリウムを溶解したアルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液が挙げられる。アルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液等の酸化剤による粗化処理は、60℃~100℃に加熱した酸化剤溶液に絶縁層を10分間~30分間浸漬させて行うことが好ましい。また、アルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液における過マンガン酸塩の濃度は5質量%~10質量%が好ましい。市販されている酸化剤としては、例えば、アトテックジャパン社製の「コンセントレート・コンパクトCP」、「ドージングソリューション・セキュリガンスP」等のアルカリ性過マンガン酸溶液が挙げられる。また、粗化処理に用いる中和液としては、酸性の水溶液が好ましく、市販品としては、例えば、アトテックジャパン社製の「リダクションソリューション・セキュリガントP」が挙げられる。中和液による処理は、酸化剤による粗化処理がなされた処理面を30℃~80℃の中和液に1分間~30分間浸漬させることにより行うことができる。作業性等の点から、酸化剤による粗化処理がなされた対象物を、40℃~70℃の中和液に5分間~20分間浸漬する方法が好ましい。 Step (IV) is a step of roughening the insulating layer. Usually, in this step (IV), smear removal is also performed. The procedure and conditions for the roughening treatment are not particularly limited, and known procedures and conditions usually used for forming the insulating layer of the printed wiring board can be adopted. For example, the insulating layer can be roughened by performing a swelling treatment with a swelling liquid, a roughening treatment with an oxidizing agent, and a neutralization treatment with a neutralizing liquid in this order. The swelling solution used for the roughening treatment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkaline solution and a surfactant solution, preferably an alkaline solution, and the alkaline solution is more preferably a sodium hydroxide solution or a potassium hydroxide solution. preferable. Examples of commercially available swelling liquids include "Swelling Dip Security SBU" and "Swelling Dip Security P" manufactured by Atotech Japan. Be done. The swelling treatment with the swelling liquid is not particularly limited, but can be performed, for example, by immersing the insulating layer in the swelling liquid at 30 ° C. to 90 ° C. for 1 minute to 20 minutes. From the viewpoint of suppressing the swelling of the resin of the insulating layer to an appropriate level, it is preferable to immerse the insulating layer in a swelling liquid at 40 ° C to 80 ° C for 5 to 15 minutes. The oxidizing agent used for the roughening treatment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkaline permanganate solution in which potassium permanganate or sodium permanganate is dissolved in an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide. The roughening treatment with an oxidizing agent such as an alkaline permanganate solution is preferably performed by immersing the insulating layer in an oxidizing agent solution heated to 60 ° C. to 100 ° C. for 10 to 30 minutes. The concentration of permanganate in the alkaline permanganate solution is preferably 5% by mass to 10% by mass. Examples of commercially available oxidizing agents include alkaline permanganate solutions such as "Concentrate Compact CP" and "Dozing Solution Security P" manufactured by Atotech Japan. The neutralizing solution used for the roughening treatment is preferably an acidic aqueous solution, and examples of commercially available products include "Reduction Solution Security Gant P" manufactured by Atotech Japan. The treatment with the neutralizing solution can be performed by immersing the treated surface that has been roughened with the oxidizing agent in the neutralizing solution at 30 ° C. to 80 ° C. for 1 to 30 minutes. From the viewpoint of workability and the like, a method of immersing the object roughened with an oxidizing agent in a neutralizing solution at 40 ° C to 70 ° C for 5 to 20 minutes is preferable.
 一実施形態において、粗化処理後の絶縁層表面の算術平均粗さ(Ra)は、好ましくは300nm以下、より好ましくは250nm以下、さらに好ましくは200nm以下である。下限については特に限定されないが、好ましくは30nm以上、より好ましくは40nm以上、さらに好ましくは50nm以上である。絶縁層表面の算術平均粗さ(Ra)は、非接触型表面粗さ計を用いて測定することができる。 In one embodiment, the arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) of the surface of the insulating layer after the roughening treatment is preferably 300 nm or less, more preferably 250 nm or less, still more preferably 200 nm or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 nm or more, more preferably 40 nm or more, and further preferably 50 nm or more. The arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) of the insulating layer surface can be measured using a non-contact surface roughness meter.
 工程(V)は、導体層を形成する工程であり、絶縁層上に導体層を形成する。導体層に使用する導体材料は特に限定されない。好適な実施形態では、導体層は、金、白金、パラジウム、銀、銅、アルミニウム、コバルト、クロム、亜鉛、ニッケル、チタン、タングステン、鉄、スズ及びインジウムからなる群から選択される1種以上の金属を含む。導体層は、単金属層であっても合金層であってもよく、合金層としては、例えば、上記の群から選択される2種以上の金属の合金(例えば、ニッケル・クロム合金、銅・ニッケル合金及び銅・チタン合金)から形成された層が挙げられる。中でも、導体層形成の汎用性、コスト、パターニングの容易性等の観点から、クロム、ニッケル、チタン、アルミニウム、亜鉛、金、パラジウム、銀若しくは銅の単金属層、又はニッケル・クロム合金、銅・ニッケル合金、銅・チタン合金の合金層が好ましく、クロム、ニッケル、チタン、アルミニウム、亜鉛、金、パラジウム、銀若しくは銅の単金属層、又はニッケル・クロム合金の合金層がより好ましく、銅の単金属層が更に好ましい。 Step (V) is a step of forming a conductor layer, and a conductor layer is formed on the insulating layer. The conductor material used for the conductor layer is not particularly limited. In a preferred embodiment, the conductor layer is one or more selected from the group consisting of gold, platinum, palladium, silver, copper, aluminum, cobalt, chromium, zinc, nickel, titanium, tungsten, iron, tin and indium. Contains metal. The conductor layer may be a single metal layer or an alloy layer, and the alloy layer may be, for example, an alloy of two or more metals selected from the above group (for example, nickel-chromium alloy, copper, etc.). Examples include layers formed from nickel alloys and copper-titanium alloys). Among them, from the viewpoint of versatility, cost, ease of patterning, etc. for forming a conductor layer, a single metal layer of chromium, nickel, titanium, aluminum, zinc, gold, palladium, silver or copper, or a nickel-chromium alloy, copper, etc. A nickel alloy, a copper-titanium alloy alloy layer is preferable, a chromium, nickel, titanium, aluminum, zinc, gold, palladium, silver or copper single metal layer, or a nickel-chromium alloy alloy layer is more preferable, and a copper single metal layer is preferable. A metal layer is more preferred.
 導体層は、単層構造であっても、異なる種類の金属若しくは合金からなる単金属層又は合金層が2層以上積層した複層構造であってもよい。導体層が複層構造である場合、絶縁層と接する層は、クロム、亜鉛若しくはチタンの単金属層、又はニッケル・クロム合金の合金層であることが好ましい。 The conductor layer may be a single layer structure, a single metal layer made of different types of metals or alloys, or a multi-layer structure in which two or more alloy layers are laminated. When the conductor layer has a multi-layer structure, the layer in contact with the insulating layer is preferably a single metal layer of chromium, zinc or titanium, or an alloy layer of a nickel-chromium alloy.
 導体層の厚さは、所望のプリント配線板のデザインによるが、一般に3μm~35μm、好ましくは5μm~30μmである。 The thickness of the conductor layer depends on the desired design of the printed wiring board, but is generally 3 μm to 35 μm, preferably 5 μm to 30 μm.
 一実施形態において、導体層は、めっきにより形成してよい。例えば、セミアディティブ法、フルアディティブ法等の従来公知の技術により絶縁層の表面にめっきして、所望の配線パターンを有する導体層を形成することができ、製造の簡便性の観点から、セミアディティブ法により形成することが好ましい。以下、導体層をセミアディティブ法により形成する例を示す。 In one embodiment, the conductor layer may be formed by plating. For example, a conductor layer having a desired wiring pattern can be formed by plating the surface of an insulating layer by a conventionally known technique such as a semi-additive method or a full additive method, and the semi-additive can be manufactured from the viewpoint of ease of manufacture. It is preferably formed by the method. Hereinafter, an example of forming the conductor layer by the semi-additive method will be shown.
 まず、絶縁層の表面に、無電解めっきによりめっきシード層を形成する。次いで、形成されためっきシード層上に、所望の配線パターンに対応してめっきシード層の一部を露出させるマスクパターンを形成する。露出しためっきシード層上に、電解めっきにより金属層を形成した後、マスクパターンを除去する。その後、不要なめっきシード層をエッチング等により除去して、所望の配線パターンを有する導体層を形成することができる。 First, a plating seed layer is formed on the surface of the insulating layer by electroless plating. Next, a mask pattern that exposes a part of the plating seed layer corresponding to a desired wiring pattern is formed on the formed plating seed layer. After forming a metal layer by electrolytic plating on the exposed plating seed layer, the mask pattern is removed. After that, the unnecessary plating seed layer can be removed by etching or the like to form a conductor layer having a desired wiring pattern.
[半導体装置]
 本発明の半導体装置は、本発明のプリント配線板を含む。本発明の半導体装置は、本発明のプリント配線板を用いて製造することができる。
[Semiconductor device]
The semiconductor device of the present invention includes the printed wiring board of the present invention. The semiconductor device of the present invention can be manufactured by using the printed wiring board of the present invention.
 半導体装置としては、電気製品(例えば、コンピューター、携帯電話、デジタルカメラ及びテレビ等)及び乗物(例えば、自動二輪車、自動車、電車、船舶及び航空機等)等に供される各種半導体装置が挙げられる。 Examples of semiconductor devices include various semiconductor devices used in electric products (for example, computers, mobile phones, digital cameras, televisions, etc.) and vehicles (for example, motorcycles, automobiles, trains, ships, aircraft, etc.).
 本発明の半導体装置は、プリント配線板の導通箇所に、部品(半導体チップ)を実装することにより製造することができる。「導通箇所」とは、「プリント配線板における電気信号を伝える箇所」であって、その場所は表面であっても、埋め込まれた箇所であってもいずれでも構わない。また、半導体チップは半導体を材料とする電気回路素子であれば特に限定されない。 The semiconductor device of the present invention can be manufactured by mounting a component (semiconductor chip) on a conductive portion of a printed wiring board. The "conduction point" is a "place for transmitting an electric signal in the printed wiring board", and the place may be a surface or an embedded place. Further, the semiconductor chip is not particularly limited as long as it is an electric circuit element made of a semiconductor.
 半導体装置を製造する際の半導体チップの実装方法は、半導体チップが有効に機能しさえすれば、特に限定されないが、具体的には、ワイヤボンディング実装方法、フリップチップ実装方法、バンプなしビルドアップ層(BBUL)による実装方法、異方性導電フィルム(ACF)による実装方法、非導電性フィルム(NCF)による実装方法、等が挙げられる。ここで、「バンプなしビルドアップ層(BBUL)による実装方法」とは、「半導体チップをプリント配線板の凹部に直接埋め込み、半導体チップとプリント配線板上の配線とを接続させる実装方法」のことである。 The mounting method of the semiconductor chip in manufacturing a semiconductor device is not particularly limited as long as the semiconductor chip functions effectively, but specifically, a wire bonding mounting method, a flip chip mounting method, and a bumpless build-up layer. Examples thereof include a mounting method using (BBUL), a mounting method using an anisotropic conductive film (ACF), a mounting method using a non-conductive film (NCF), and the like. Here, the "mounting method using the bumpless build-up layer (BBUL)" means "a mounting method in which the semiconductor chip is directly embedded in the recess of the printed wiring board and the semiconductor chip is connected to the wiring on the printed wiring board". Is.
 以下、実施例を用いて本発明をより詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれらの実施例に限定されるものではない。なお、以下の記載において、別途明示のない限り、「部」及び「%」は「質量部」及び「質量%」をそれぞれ意味する。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. In the following description, "parts" and "%" mean "parts by mass" and "% by mass", respectively, unless otherwise specified.
<合成例1:ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Aの合成>
 反応容器に1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサン1mmolとアセトンとを加え溶解させたのち、水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を加えて撹拌し、アリルブロミド0.5mmolを加えて室温で1時間反応させた。次いで、シアヌル酸クロリド0.5mmolを加えて室温で一晩反応させ、酢酸エチルを加えて抽出を行い、ろ過により不溶物を除いた。次に、そのろ液を水で洗浄したのち無水硫酸マグネシウムによる脱水を行い、溶媒の濃縮留去を行った。その残渣をメタノール晶析することで下記構造のハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Aを得た(式中、破線はさらに多分枝構造が結合していることを意味する。以下同じ。)。ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Aの重量平均分子量は測定したところ2600であった。また、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Aのビニル当量は430g/eq.であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
<Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure>
To the reaction vessel, 1 mmol of 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane and acetone were added and dissolved, and then an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was added and stirred to add 0.5 mmol of allyl bromide. In addition, the reaction was carried out at room temperature for 1 hour. Then, 0.5 mmol of cyanuric chloride was added and reacted overnight at room temperature, ethyl acetate was added and extraction was performed, and insoluble matter was removed by filtration. Next, the filtrate was washed with water and then dehydrated with anhydrous magnesium sulfate to concentrate and distill off the solvent. By crystallization of the residue with methanol, a vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure having the following structure was obtained (in the formula, the broken line means that the branched structure is further bonded. The same applies hereinafter). The weight average molecular weight of the vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure was measured and found to be 2600. The vinyl equivalent of the vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure is 430 g / eq. Met.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
<合成例2:ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Bの合成>
 合成例1において、1,1-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサン1mmolを、2,2-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン1mmolに変更した。以上の事項以外は合成例1と同様にして、下記構造のハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Bを得た。ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Bの重量平均分子量は測定したところ2780であった。また、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Bのビニル当量は460g/eq.であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
<Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of vinyl resin B having a hyperbranched structure>
In Synthesis Example 1, 1 mmol of 1,1-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane was changed to 1 mmol of 2,2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane. A vinyl resin B having a hyperbranched structure having the following structure was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except for the above items. The weight average molecular weight of the vinyl resin B having a hyperbranched structure was 2780 as measured. The vinyl equivalent of the vinyl resin B having a hyperbranched structure is 460 g / eq. Met.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
<合成例3:ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Cの合成>
 反応容器に1,1-Bis(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサン1mmolとアセトニトリルを加え溶解させたのち、炭酸カリウム水溶液を加えて撹拌し、2-プロペノイルブロマイド(2-Propenoyl bromide)0.5mmolを加えて室温で1時間反応させた。次いで、シアヌル酸クロリド0.5mmolを加えて室温で一晩反応させ、酢酸エチルを加えて抽出を行い、ろ過により不溶物を除いた。次に、そのろ液を水で洗浄したのち無水硫酸マグネシウムによる脱水を行い、溶媒の濃縮留去を行った。その残渣をメタノール晶析することで下記構造のハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Cを得た。ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Cの重量平均分子量は測定したところ2670であった。また、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Cのビニル当量は445g/eq.であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
<Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of vinyl resin C having a hyperbranched structure>
Add 1 mmol of 1,1-Bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) -3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane and acetonitrile to the reaction vessel to dissolve them, then add an aqueous potassium carbonate solution and stir to stir, 2-propenoyl bromide (2-propenoyl bromide). 0.5 mmol of Propenoyl bromide) was added, and the mixture was reacted at room temperature for 1 hour. Then, 0.5 mmol of cyanuric chloride was added and reacted overnight at room temperature, ethyl acetate was added and extraction was performed, and insoluble matter was removed by filtration. Next, the filtrate was washed with water and then dehydrated with anhydrous magnesium sulfate to concentrate and distill off the solvent. The residue was crystallized from methanol to obtain a vinyl resin C having a hyperbranched structure having the following structure. The weight average molecular weight of the vinyl resin C having a hyperbranched structure was measured and found to be 2670. The vinyl equivalent of the vinyl resin C having a hyperbranched structure is 445 g / eq. Met.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
<合成例4:ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Dの合成>
 合成例3において、2-プロペノイルブロマイド0.5mmolをメタクロリルブロミド(methacryloyl bromide)0.5mmolに変更した。以上の事項以外は合成例3と同様にして、下記構造のハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Dを得た。ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Dの重量平均分子量は測定したところ2740であった。また、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Dのビニル当量は425g/eq.であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
<Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of vinyl resin D having a hyperbranched structure>
In Synthesis Example 3, 0.5 mmol of 2-propenoyl bromide was changed to 0.5 mmol of methacrylyloyl bromide. A vinyl resin D having a hyperbranched structure having the following structure was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 3 except for the above items. The weight average molecular weight of the vinyl resin D having a hyperbranched structure was 2740 as measured. The vinyl equivalent of the vinyl resin D having a hyperbranched structure is 425 g / eq. Met.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
<合成例5:Hyperbranch型ビニル樹脂Eの合成>
 合成例1において、アリルブロミド0.5mmolを、4-ブロモスチレン0.2mmolに変更した。以上の事項以外は実施例1と同様にして、下記構造のハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Eを得た。ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Eの重量平均分子量は測定したところ2910であった。また、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Eのビニル当量は485g/eq.であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
<Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of Hyperbranch type vinyl resin E>
In Synthesis Example 1, 0.5 mmol of allyl bromide was changed to 0.2 mmol of 4-bromostyrene. A vinyl resin E having a hyperbranched structure having the following structure was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items. The weight average molecular weight of the vinyl resin E having a hyperbranched structure was 2910 as measured. The vinyl equivalent of the vinyl resin E having a hyperbranched structure is 485 g / eq. Met.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
<合成例6:Hyperbranch型ビニル樹脂Fの合成>
 合成例1において、アリルブロミド0.5mmolを、4-ビニルベンジルクロリド0.2mmolに変更した。以上の事項以外は合成例1と同様にして、下記構造のハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Fを得た。ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Fの重量平均分子量は測定したところ3020であった。また、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Fのビニル当量は495g/eq.であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
<Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis of Hyperbranch type vinyl resin F>
In Synthesis Example 1, 0.5 mmol of allyl bromide was changed to 0.2 mmol of 4-vinylbenzyl chloride. A vinyl resin F having a hyperbranched structure having the following structure was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except for the above items. The weight average molecular weight of the vinyl resin F having a hyperbranched structure was measured and found to be 3020. The vinyl equivalent of the vinyl resin F having a hyperbranched structure is 495 g / eq. Met.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
<合成例7:Hyperbranch型ビニル樹脂Gの合成>
 合成例6において、シアヌル酸クロリド0.5mmolを、シアヌル酸クロリド0.5mmolに加えてさらにPOSS-アミノプロピル-イソブチル置換体を0.2mmol加えた。以上の事項以外は合成例6と同様にして、下記構造のハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Gを得た。ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Gの重量平均分子量は測定したところ5100であった。また、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Gのビニル当量は745g/eq.であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
<Synthesis Example 7: Synthesis of Hyperbranch type vinyl resin G>
In Synthesis Example 6, 0.5 mmol of cyanuric acid chloride was added to 0.5 mmol of cyanuric acid chloride, and 0.2 mmol of a POSS-aminopropyl-isobutyl substituent was further added. A vinyl resin G having a hyperbranched structure having the following structure was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 6 except for the above items. The weight average molecular weight of the vinyl resin G having a hyperbranched structure was measured and found to be 5100. The vinyl equivalent of the vinyl resin G having a hyperbranched structure is 745 g / eq. Met.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
<合成例8:Hyperbranch型ビニル樹脂Hの合成>
 合成例7においてPOSS-アミノプロピル-イソブチル置換体0.2mmolをN-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン0.2mmolに変更した。以上の事項以外は合成例7と同様にして、下記構造のハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Hを得た。ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Hの重量平均分子量は測定したところ8900であった。また、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Hのビニル当量は520g/eq.であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
<Synthesis Example 8: Synthesis of Hyperbranch type vinyl resin H>
In Synthesis Example 7, 0.2 mmol of the POSS-aminopropyl-isobutyl substituent was changed to 0.2 mmol of N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane. A vinyl resin H having a hyperbranched structure having the following structure was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 7 except for the above items. The weight average molecular weight of the vinyl resin H having a hyperbranched structure was measured and found to be 8900. The vinyl equivalent of the vinyl resin H having a hyperbranched structure is 520 g / eq. Met.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
<合成例9:Hyperbranch型ビニル樹脂Iの合成>
 合成例7においてPOSS-アミノプロピル-イソブチル置換体0.2mmolをt-ブチルクロロジフェニルシラン0.2mmolに変更した。以上の事項以外は合成例7と同様にして、下記構造のハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Iを得た。ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Iの重量平均分子量は測定したところ3200であった。また、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂Iのビニル当量は510g/eq.であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
<Synthesis Example 9: Synthesis of Hyperbranch type vinyl resin I>
In Synthesis Example 7, 0.2 mmol of the POSS-aminopropyl-isobutyl substituent was changed to 0.2 mmol of t-butylchlorodiphenylsilane. A vinyl resin I having a hyperbranched structure having the following structure was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 7 except for the above items. The weight average molecular weight of the vinyl resin I having a hyperbranched structure was measured and found to be 3200. The vinyl equivalent of the vinyl resin I having a hyperbranched structure is 510 g / eq. Met.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
<実施例1:樹脂組成物1の作製>
 合成例1で合成したハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂A60部をMEK 60部、トルエン40部に撹拌しながら加熱溶解させた。
<Example 1: Preparation of resin composition 1>
60 parts of the vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure synthesized in Synthesis Example 1 was heated and dissolved in 60 parts of MEK and 40 parts of toluene while stirring.
 室温にまで冷却した後、(メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤(新中村化学工業社製「NKエステルA-DOG」、分子量326)10部、重合開始剤(日油社製「パーヘキシルD」、固形分20質量%のMEK溶液)2.5部、N-フェニル-8-アミノオクチル-トリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、分子量325.2)で表面処理された球形シリカ(アドマテックス社製「SC2050-SXF」、比表面積5.9m/g、平均粒径0.77μm)165部を混合し、高速回転ミキサーで均一に分散した後に、カートリッジフィルター(ROKITECHNO社製「SHP020」)で濾過して、樹脂組成物1を作製した。 After cooling to room temperature, 10 parts of (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent ("NK ester A-DOG" manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., molecular weight 326), polymerization initiator ("Perhexyl D" manufactured by Nichiyu Co., Ltd., solid 2.5 parts of MEK solution (20% by mass per minute), spherical silica surface-treated with N-phenyl-8-aminooctyl-trimethoxysilane (Made by Shinetsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., molecular weight 325.2) (manufactured by Admatex) SC2050-SXF ”, specific surface area 5.9 m 2 / g, average molecular weight 0.77 μm) 165 parts are mixed, uniformly dispersed with a high-speed rotary mixer, and then filtered with a cartridge filter (“SHP020” manufactured by ROKITECHNO). To prepare the resin composition 1.
<実施例2:樹脂組成物2の作製>
 実施例1において、
1)ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂(三菱ケミカル社製「828US」、エポキシ当量約180)6部を用い、
2)ビキシレノール型エポキシ樹脂(「YX4000H」、三菱ケミカル社製、エポキシ当量約190g/eq.)6部を用い、
3)活性エステル系硬化剤(DIC社製「HPC-8000-65T」、活性基当量約223g/eq.、固形分65質量%のトルエン溶液)20部を用い、
4)硬化促進剤(4-ジメチルアミノピリジン(DMAP)、固形分5質量%のMEK溶液)2部を用い、
5)(メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤(新中村化学工業社製「NKエステルA-DOG」、分子量326)10部を、ベンゾオキサジン環含有アリル系液状硬化剤(四国化成工業社製「ALP-d」、固形分65%のMEK溶液)15.4部に変え、
6)N-フェニル-8-アミノオクチル-トリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、分子量325.2)で表面処理された球形シリカ(アドマテックス社製「SC2050-SXF」、比表面積5.9m/g、平均粒径0.77μm)の量を165部から220部に変更した。
 以上の事項以外は実施例1と同様にして、樹脂組成物2を作製した。
<Example 2: Preparation of resin composition 2>
In Example 1,
1) Using 6 parts of bisphenol A type epoxy resin (Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation "828US", epoxy equivalent about 180)
2) Using 6 parts of bixylenol type epoxy resin (“YX4000H”, manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent about 190 g / eq.)
3) Using 20 parts of an active ester-based curing agent ("HPC-8000-65T" manufactured by DIC Corporation, an active group equivalent of about 223 g / eq., A toluene solution having a solid content of 65% by mass) was used.
4) Using 2 parts of a curing accelerator (4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), MEK solution having a solid content of 5% by mass),
5) 10 parts of (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent ("NK ester A-DOG" manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., molecular weight 326) and benzoxazine ring-containing allyl-based liquid curing agent ("ALP-" manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Corporation). d ”, MEK solution with a solid content of 65%) 15.4 parts,
6) Spherical silica surface-treated with N-phenyl-8-aminooctyl-trimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., molecular weight 325.2) ("SC2050-SXF" manufactured by Admatex Co., Ltd., specific surface area 5.9 m 2) The amount of / g, average particle size 0.77 μm) was changed from 165 parts to 220 parts.
A resin composition 2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
<実施例3:樹脂組成物3の作製>
 実施例1において、
1)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂A 60部を、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂B 60部に変え、
2)(メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤(新中村化学工業社製「NKエステルA-DOG」、分子量326)10部を、エポキシ基を有するアリル系液状硬化剤(日本化薬社製「RE-810NM」、エポキシ当量220g/eq.)10部に変更した。
 以上の事項以外は実施例1と同様にして、樹脂組成物3を作製した。
<Example 3: Preparation of resin composition 3>
In Example 1,
1) 60 parts of vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure is changed to 60 parts of vinyl resin B having a hyperbranched structure.
2) 10 parts of (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent ("NK ester A-DOG" manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., molecular weight 326) and an allyl-based liquid curing agent having an epoxy group ("RE-" manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 810NM ”, epoxy equivalent 220 g / eq.) 10 parts.
A resin composition 3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
<実施例4:樹脂組成物4の作製>
 実施例1において、
1)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂A 60部を、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂C 60部に変え、
2)(メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤(新中村化学工業社製「NKエステルA-DOG」、分子量326)10部を、マレイミド系液状硬化剤(デザイナーモレキュールズ社製「BMI689」、マレイミド基当量345g/eq.)10部に変更した。
 以上の事項以外は実施例1と同様にして、樹脂組成物4を作製した。
<Example 4: Preparation of resin composition 4>
In Example 1,
1) 60 parts of vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure is changed to 60 parts of vinyl resin C having a hyperbranched structure.
2) 10 parts of (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent ("NK Ester A-DOG" manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., molecular weight 326), maleimide-based liquid curing agent ("BMI689" manufactured by Designer Molecule's Co., Ltd., maleimide group) Equivalent 345 g / eq.) Was changed to 10 parts.
A resin composition 4 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
<実施例5:樹脂組成物5の作製>
 実施例1において、
1)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂A 60部を、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂D 60部に変え、
2)(メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤(新中村化学工業社製「NKエステルA-DOG」、分子量326)10部を、ブタジエン系液状硬化剤(CRAY VALLEY社製「Ricon100」、スチレン含有量25%、Mn約4500)10部に変更した。
 以上の事項以外は実施例1と同様にして、樹脂組成物5を作製した。
<Example 5: Preparation of resin composition 5>
In Example 1,
1) 60 parts of vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure is changed to 60 parts of vinyl resin D having a hyperbranched structure.
2) 10 parts of (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent ("NK ester A-DOG" manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., molecular weight 326), butadiene-based liquid curing agent ("Ricon100" manufactured by CRAY VALLEY, styrene content 25). %, Mn about 4500) 10 parts.
A resin composition 5 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
<実施例6:樹脂組成物6の作製>
 実施例1において、
1)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂A 60部を、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂E 60部に変え、
2)(メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤(新中村化学工業社製「NKエステルA-DOG」、分子量326)10部を、イソシアヌル環を有するアリル系液状硬化剤(日本化成社製「TAIC」、分子量249)10部に変更した。
 以上の事項以外は実施例1と同様にして、樹脂組成物6を作製した。
<Example 6: Preparation of resin composition 6>
In Example 1,
1) 60 parts of vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure is changed to 60 parts of vinyl resin E having a hyperbranched structure.
2) 10 parts of (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent ("NK ester A-DOG" manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., molecular weight 326), and an allyl-based liquid curing agent having an isocyanul ring ("TAIC" manufactured by Nihon Kasei Co., Ltd.). Molecular weight 249) Changed to 10 parts.
A resin composition 6 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
<実施例7:樹脂組成物7の作製>
 実施例1において、
1)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂A 60部を、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂(日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製「PDV-PM」、分子量5000~10000)60部に変え、
2)(メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤(新中村化学工業社製「NKエステルA-DOG」、分子量326)10部を、アリル系液状硬化剤(日触テクノファインケミカル社製「DAD」、分子量322)10部に変更した。
 以上の事項以外は実施例1と同様にして、樹脂組成物7を作製した。
<Example 7: Preparation of resin composition 7>
In Example 1,
1) Change 60 parts of vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure to 60 parts of vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure (“PDV-PM” manufactured by Nittetsu Chemical & Materials Co., Ltd., molecular weight 5000-10000).
2) 10 parts of (meth) acrylic liquid curing agent ("NK Ester A-DOG" manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., molecular weight 326), allyl-based liquid curing agent ("DAD" manufactured by Nikko Techno Fine Chemical Co., Ltd., molecular weight 322) ) Changed to 10 copies.
A resin composition 7 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
<実施例8:樹脂組成物8の作製>
 実施例2において、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂A 60部を、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂(日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル社製「PDV-PM」、分子量5000~10000)60部に変更した。以上の事項以外は実施例2と同様にして、樹脂組成物8を作製した。
<Example 8: Preparation of resin composition 8>
In Example 2, 60 parts of the vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure was changed to 60 parts of a vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure (“PDV-PM” manufactured by Nittetsu Chemical & Materials Co., Ltd., molecular weight 5000 to 10000). A resin composition 8 was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except for the above items.
<実施例9:樹脂組成物9の作製>
 実施例1において、N-フェニル-8-アミノオクチル-トリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、分子量325.2)で表面処理された球形シリカ(アドマテックス社製「SC2050-SXF」、比表面積5.9m/g、平均粒径0.77μm)の量を165部から270部に変更した。以上の事項以外は実施例1と同様にして、樹脂組成物9を作製した。
<Example 9: Preparation of resin composition 9>
In Example 1, spherical silica surface-treated with N-phenyl-8-aminooctyl-trimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., molecular weight 325.2) (“SC2050-SXF” manufactured by Admatex Co., Ltd., specific surface area 5). The amount of 9.9 m 2 / g, average particle size 0.77 μm) was changed from 165 parts to 270 parts. A resin composition 9 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
<実施例10:樹脂組成物10の作製>
 実施例1において、N-フェニル-8-アミノオクチル-トリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、分子量325.2)で表面処理された球形シリカ(アドマテックス社製「SC2050-SXF」、比表面積5.9m/g、平均粒径0.77μm)の量を165部から47部に変更した。以上の事項以外は実施例1と同様にして、樹脂組成物10を作製した。
<Example 10: Preparation of resin composition 10>
In Example 1, spherical silica surface-treated with N-phenyl-8-aminooctyl-trimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., molecular weight 325.2) (“SC2050-SXF” manufactured by Admatex Co., Ltd., specific surface area 5). The amount of 9.9 m 2 / g, average particle size 0.77 μm) was changed from 165 parts to 47 parts. A resin composition 10 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
<実施例11:樹脂組成物11の作製>
 実施例2において、
1)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂A 60部を、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂F 60部に変え、
2)ベンゾオキサジン環含有アリル系液状硬化剤(四国化成工業社製「ALP-d」、固形分65%のMEK溶液)の量を15.4部から4.62部に変え、
3)N-フェニル-8-アミノオクチル-トリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、分子量325.2)で表面処理された球形シリカ(アドマテックス社製「SC2050-SXF」、比表面積5.9m/g、平均粒径0.77μm)の量を220部から210部に変え、
4)硬化促進剤(4-ジメチルアミノピリジン(DMAP)、固形分5質量%のMEK溶液)の量を2部から10部に変えた。
 以上の事項以外は実施例2と同様にして、樹脂組成物11を作製した。
<Example 11: Preparation of resin composition 11>
In Example 2,
1) 60 parts of vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure is changed to 60 parts of vinyl resin F having a hyperbranched structure.
2) Change the amount of the benzoxazine ring-containing allyl liquid curing agent (“ALP-d” manufactured by Shikoku Chemicals Corporation, MEK solution having a solid content of 65%) from 15.4 parts to 4.62 parts.
3) Spherical silica surface-treated with N-phenyl-8-aminooctyl-trimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., molecular weight 325.2) ("SC2050-SXF" manufactured by Admatex Co., Ltd., specific surface area 5.9 m 2) / G, average particle size 0.77 μm) was changed from 220 parts to 210 parts.
4) The amount of the curing accelerator (4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), MEK solution having a solid content of 5% by mass) was changed from 2 parts to 10 parts.
A resin composition 11 was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except for the above items.
<実施例12:樹脂組成物12の作製>
 実施例11において、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂F 60部を、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂G 60部に変更した。以上の事項以外は実施例11と同様にして、樹脂組成物12を作製した。
<Example 12: Preparation of resin composition 12>
In Example 11, 60 parts of the vinyl resin F having a hyperbranched structure was changed to 60 parts of the vinyl resin G having a hyperbranched structure. A resin composition 12 was produced in the same manner as in Example 11 except for the above items.
<実施例13:樹脂組成物13の作製>
 実施例11において、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂F 60部を、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂H 60部に変更した。以上の事項以外は実施例11と同様にして、樹脂組成物13を作製した。
<Example 13: Preparation of resin composition 13>
In Example 11, 60 parts of the vinyl resin F having a hyperbranched structure was changed to 60 parts of the vinyl resin H having a hyperbranched structure. A resin composition 13 was produced in the same manner as in Example 11 except for the above items.
<実施例14:樹脂組成物14の作製>
 実施例11において、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂F 60部を、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂I 60部に変更した。以上の事項以外は実施例11と同様にして、樹脂組成物14を作製した。
<Example 14: Preparation of resin composition 14>
In Example 11, 60 parts of vinyl resin F having a hyperbranched structure was changed to 60 parts of vinyl resin I having a hyperbranched structure. A resin composition 14 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 11 except for the above items.
<比較例1:樹脂組成物15の作製>
 実施例1において、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂A 60部を、オリゴフェニレンエーテル・スチレン樹脂(三菱ガス化学社製、「OPE-2St」、不揮発分65%のトルエン溶液)92部に変更した。以上の事項以外は実施例1と同様にして、樹脂組成物15を作製した。
<Comparative Example 1: Preparation of Resin Composition 15>
In Example 1, 60 parts of vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure was changed to 92 parts of oligophenylene ether / styrene resin (“OPE-2St” manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc., a toluene solution having a non-volatile content of 65%). A resin composition 15 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
<比較例2:樹脂組成物16の作製>
 実施例2において、ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂A 60部を、オリゴフェニレンエーテル・スチレン樹脂(三菱ガス化学社製、「OPE-2St」、不揮発分65%のトルエン溶液)92部に変更した。以上の事項以外は実施例2と同様にして、樹脂組成物16を作製した。
<Comparative Example 2: Preparation of Resin Composition 16>
In Example 2, 60 parts of the vinyl resin A having a hyperbranched structure was changed to 92 parts of an oligophenylene ether / styrene resin (“OPE-2St” manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc., a toluene solution having a non-volatile content of 65%). A resin composition 16 was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except for the above items.
<比較例3:樹脂組成物17の作製>
 実施例1において、
1)(メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤(新中村化学工業社製「NKエステルA-DOG」、分子量326)10部を用いず、
2)N-フェニル-8-アミノオクチル-トリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製、分子量325.2)で表面処理された球形シリカ(アドマテックス社製「SC2050-SXF」、比表面積5.9m/g、平均粒径0.77μm)の量を165部から140部に変更した。
 以上の事項以外は実施例1と同様にして、樹脂組成物17を作製した。
<Comparative Example 3: Preparation of Resin Composition 17>
In Example 1,
1) (Meta) Acrylic liquid curing agent ("NK Ester A-DOG" manufactured by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., molecular weight 326) without using 10 parts,
2) Spherical silica surface-treated with N-phenyl-8-aminooctyl-trimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., molecular weight 325.2) ("SC2050-SXF" manufactured by Admatex Co., Ltd., specific surface area 5.9 m 2) The amount of / g, average particle size 0.77 μm) was changed from 165 parts to 140 parts.
A resin composition 17 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above items.
<樹脂シートの作製>
 支持体として、アルキド樹脂系離型剤(リンテック社製「AL-5」)で離型処理したPETフィルム(東レ社製「ルミラーR80」、厚み38μm、軟化点130℃、以下「離型PET」ということがある。)を用意した。
<Making a resin sheet>
As a support, a PET film ("Lumilar R80" manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., thickness 38 μm, softening point 130 ° C., hereinafter "Release PET") treated with an alkyd resin-based mold release agent ("AL-5" manufactured by Lintec Corporation). There are times when.) Was prepared.
 樹脂組成物1~17をそれぞれ支持体上に、乾燥後の樹脂組成物層の厚みが40μmとなるよう、ダイコーターにて均一に塗布し、70℃から95℃で3分間乾燥することにより、支持体上に樹脂組成物層を形成した。次いで、樹脂組成物層の支持体と接合していない面に、保護フィルムとしてポリプロピレンフィルム(王子エフテックス社製「アルファンMA-411」、厚み15μm)の粗面を貼り合わせた。これにより、支持体、樹脂組成物層、及び保護フィルムをこの順に有する樹脂シートを得た。 The resin compositions 1 to 17 are uniformly applied on the support with a die coater so that the thickness of the dried resin composition layer is 40 μm, and dried at 70 ° C. to 95 ° C. for 3 minutes. A resin composition layer was formed on the support. Next, a rough surface of a polypropylene film (“Alfan MA-411” manufactured by Oji F-Tex Co., Ltd., thickness 15 μm) was bonded to the surface of the resin composition layer that was not bonded to the support. As a result, a resin sheet having a support, a resin composition layer, and a protective film in this order was obtained.
<銅箔引き剥がし強度(銅箔密着性)の測定>
(1)銅箔の下地処理
 三井金属鉱山社製「3EC-III」(電界銅箔、35μm)の光沢面をマイクロエッチング剤((メック社製「CZ8101」)にて1μmエッチングして銅表面の粗化処理を行い、次いで防錆処理(CL8300)を施した。さらに、130℃のオーブンで30分間加熱処理した。この銅箔をCZ銅箔という。
<Measurement of copper foil peeling strength (copper foil adhesion)>
(1) Base treatment of copper foil The glossy surface of "3EC-III" (electric field copper foil, 35 μm) manufactured by Mitsui Mining & Smelting Co., Ltd. is etched by 1 μm with a micro-etching agent (“CZ8101” manufactured by MEC) on the copper surface. Roughening treatment was performed, and then rust prevention treatment (CL8300) was performed. Further, heat treatment was performed in an oven at 130 ° C. for 30 minutes. This copper foil is called CZ copper foil.
(2)内層基板の用意
 内層回路を形成したガラス布基材エポキシ樹脂両面銅張積層板(銅箔の厚さ18μm、基板の厚さ0.4mm、パナソニック社製「R1515A」)の両面をマイクロエッチング剤(メック社製「CZ8101」)にて1μmエッチングして銅表面の粗化処理を行った。
(2) Preparation of inner layer substrate Both sides of the glass cloth base material epoxy resin double-sided copper-clad laminate (copper foil thickness 18 μm, substrate thickness 0.4 mm, Panasonic “R1515A”) on which the inner layer circuit is formed are microscopic. The copper surface was roughened by etching 1 μm with an etching agent (“CZ8101” manufactured by MEC).
(3)銅箔のラミネートと絶縁層の形成
 作製した樹脂シートから保護フィルムを剥がして、樹脂組成物層を露出させた。バッチ式真空加圧ラミネーター(ニッコー・マテリアルズ社製、2ステージビルドアップラミネーター「CVP700」)を用いて、樹脂組成物層が内層基板と接するように、内層基板の両面にラミネートした。ラミネートは、30秒間減圧して気圧を13hPa以下に調整した後、120℃、圧力0.74MPaにて30秒間圧着させることにより実施した。次いで、100℃、圧力0.5MPaにて60秒間熱プレスを行った。その樹脂組成物層上に、CZ銅箔の処理面を、上記と同様の条件で、ラミネートした。そして、200℃、90分の硬化条件で樹脂組成物層を硬化して絶縁層を形成することで、評価基板を作製した。
(3) Lamination of Copper Foil and Formation of Insulating Layer The protective film was peeled off from the produced resin sheet to expose the resin composition layer. Using a batch type vacuum pressure laminator (2-stage build-up laminator "CVP700" manufactured by Nikko Materials Co., Ltd.), the resin composition layer was laminated on both sides of the inner layer substrate so as to be in contact with the inner layer substrate. Laminating was carried out by reducing the pressure for 30 seconds, adjusting the atmospheric pressure to 13 hPa or less, and then crimping at 120 ° C. and a pressure of 0.74 MPa for 30 seconds. Then, heat pressing was performed at 100 ° C. and a pressure of 0.5 MPa for 60 seconds. The treated surface of the CZ copper foil was laminated on the resin composition layer under the same conditions as described above. Then, the resin composition layer was cured under the curing conditions of 200 ° C. for 90 minutes to form an insulating layer, thereby producing an evaluation substrate.
(4)信頼性試験前の銅箔密着性の測定
 作製した評価基板を150×30mmの小片に切断した。小片の銅箔部分に、カッターを用いて幅10mm、長さ100mmの部分の切込みをいれて、銅箔の一端を剥がしてつかみ具で掴み、室温中にて、50mm/分の速度で垂直方向に35mmを引き剥がした時の荷重(kgf/cm)を測定し、剥離強度を求めた。測定には、引っ張り試験機(TSE社製「AC-50C-SL」)を使用した。測定は日本工業規格(JIS C6481)に準拠して行い、信頼性試験前の銅箔密着性について以下の基準で評価した。
〇:密着性が0.40kgf/cm以上
×:密着性が0.40kgf/cm未満
(4) Measurement of Copper Foil Adhesion Before Reliability Test The prepared evaluation substrate was cut into small pieces of 150 × 30 mm. Make a notch in the copper foil part of a small piece with a width of 10 mm and a length of 100 mm using a cutter, peel off one end of the copper foil and grab it with a gripper, and at room temperature, in the vertical direction at a speed of 50 mm / min. The load (kgf / cm) when the 35 mm was peeled off was measured, and the peeling strength was determined. A tensile tester (“AC-50C-SL” manufactured by TSE) was used for the measurement. The measurement was performed in accordance with the Japanese Industrial Standards (JIS C6481), and the copper foil adhesion before the reliability test was evaluated according to the following criteria.
〇: Adhesion is 0.40 kgf / cm or more ×: Adhesion is less than 0.40 kgf / cm
(5)信頼性試験後の銅箔密着性の測定
 上記で作製した評価基板を、高度加速寿命試験装置(ETAC社製「PM422」)を使用し、130℃、85%相対湿度、3.3V直流電圧印加の条件で200時間経過させた。その後、銅箔の一端を剥がしてつかみ具(ティー・エス・イー社製、オートコム型試験機「AC-50C-SL」)で掴み、インストロン万能試験機を用いて、室温中にて、50mm/分の速度で垂直方向に35mmを引き剥がした時の荷重をJIS C6481に準拠して測定し、信頼性試験後の銅箔密着性について以下の基準で評価した。
〇:密着性が0.30kgf/cm以上
×:密着性が0.30kgf/cm未満
(5) Measurement of Copper Foil Adhesion After Reliability Test Using an advanced accelerated life test device (ETAC "PM422"), the evaluation substrate produced above was used at 130 ° C, 85% relative humidity, and 3.3 V. 200 hours were allowed to pass under the condition of applying a DC voltage. After that, peel off one end of the copper foil, grasp it with a grip (manufactured by TSE, autocom type testing machine "AC-50C-SL"), and use an Instron universal testing machine at room temperature. The load when 35 mm was peeled off in the vertical direction at a speed of 50 mm / min was measured according to JIS C6481, and the copper foil adhesion after the reliability test was evaluated according to the following criteria.
〇: Adhesion is 0.30 kgf / cm or more ×: Adhesion is less than 0.30 kgf / cm
<反りの評価>
(1)樹脂シートのラミネート
 作製した樹脂シートを9.5cm角のサイズに切り出し、バッチ式真空加圧ラミネーター(ニッコー・マテリアルズ社製、2ステージビルドアップラミネーター、CVP700)を用いて、10cm角に切り取った三井金属鉱業製銅箔「3EC-III(厚さ35μm)」の粗化面にラミネートした。ラミネートは、30秒間減圧して気圧を13hPa以下とした後、120℃で30秒間、圧力0.74MPaにて圧着させることにより、樹脂組成物層付き金属箔を作製し、その後PETフィルムを剥離した。
<Evaluation of warpage>
(1) Laminating of resin sheet The produced resin sheet is cut into a size of 9.5 cm square and made into a 10 cm square using a batch type vacuum pressure laminator (2-stage build-up laminator manufactured by Nikko Materials Co., Ltd., CVP700). It was laminated on the roughened surface of the cut copper foil "3EC-III (thickness 35 μm)" manufactured by Mitsui Mining & Smelting Co., Ltd. The laminate was decompressed for 30 seconds to reduce the atmospheric pressure to 13 hPa or less, and then pressure-bonded at 120 ° C. for 30 seconds at a pressure of 0.74 MPa to prepare a metal foil with a resin composition layer, and then the PET film was peeled off. ..
(2)樹脂組成物層の硬化
 上記(1)で得られた樹脂組成物層付き金属箔の四辺を、樹脂組成物層が上面になるように厚さ1mmのSUS板にポリイミドテープで貼りつけ、190℃、90分間の硬化条件で樹脂組成物層を硬化させた。
(2) Curing of the resin composition layer The four sides of the metal foil with the resin composition layer obtained in (1) above are attached to a SUS plate having a thickness of 1 mm so that the resin composition layer is on the upper surface with polyimide tape. The resin composition layer was cured under the curing conditions of 190 ° C. and 90 minutes.
(3)反りの測定
 上記(2)で得られた樹脂組成物層付き金属箔の四辺のうち、三辺のポリイミドテープを剥離し、SUS板から最も高い点の高さを求めることにより反りの値を求めた。また、反りの大きさを以下の基準で評価した。
〇:反りの大きさが1cm未満
△:反りの大きさが1cm以上3cm未満の場合
×:反りの大きさが3cm以上
(3) Measurement of warpage Of the four sides of the metal foil with the resin composition layer obtained in (2) above, the polyimide tapes on three sides are peeled off, and the height of the highest point is obtained from the SUS plate to obtain the warp. The value was calculated. In addition, the magnitude of warpage was evaluated according to the following criteria.
〇: Warp size is less than 1 cm Δ: Warp size is 1 cm or more and less than 3 cm ×: Warp size is 3 cm or more
<誘電特性(誘電率、誘電正接)の測定>
 作製した樹脂シートから保護フィルムを剥がして、200℃にて90分間加熱して樹脂組成物層を熱硬化させた後、支持体を剥離した。得られた硬化物を、幅2mm、長さ80mmの試験片に切断した。該試験片について、アジレントテクノロジーズ社製「HP8362B」を用いて、空洞共振摂動法により測定周波数5.8GHz、測定温度23℃にて誘電率、誘電正接を測定した。3本の試験片について測定を行い、平均値を算出した。また、誘電特性について以下の基準で評価した。
〇:誘電率が3.0以下であり、誘電正接が0.004以下
×:誘電率が3.0を超え、誘電正接が0.004を超える
<Measurement of dielectric properties (dielectric constant, dielectric loss tangent)>
The protective film was peeled off from the prepared resin sheet, and the resin composition layer was thermally cured by heating at 200 ° C. for 90 minutes, and then the support was peeled off. The obtained cured product was cut into test pieces having a width of 2 mm and a length of 80 mm. With respect to the test piece, the dielectric constant and the dielectric loss tangent were measured at a measurement frequency of 5.8 GHz and a measurement temperature of 23 ° C. by a cavity resonance perturbation method using "HP8632B" manufactured by Azilent Technologies. Measurements were made on the three test pieces, and the average value was calculated. In addition, the dielectric properties were evaluated according to the following criteria.
〇: Dielectric constant is 3.0 or less and dielectric loss tangent is 0.004 or less ×: Dielectric constant is more than 3.0 and dielectric loss tangent is more than 0.004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
*表1、表2中、各成分の含有量(質量%)は、樹脂組成物中の不揮発成分を100質量%としたときの含有量である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
* In Tables 1 and 2, the content (% by mass) of each component is the content when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass.
 実施例1~14において、(D)成分~(G)成分を含有しない場合であっても、程度に差はあるものの、上記実施例と同様の結果に帰着することを確認している。  It has been confirmed that in Examples 1 to 14, even when the components (D) to (G) are not contained, the same result as in the above-mentioned Examples is obtained, although the degree is different. The

Claims (18)

  1.  (A)ハイパーブランチ構造を有するビニル樹脂、
     (B)液状硬化剤、及び
     (C)無機充填材、を含む樹脂組成物。
    (A) Vinyl resin having a hyperbranched structure,
    A resin composition containing (B) a liquid curing agent and (C) an inorganic filler.
  2.  (A)成分の重量平均分子量が1000以上15000以下である、請求項1に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the weight average molecular weight of the component (A) is 1000 or more and 15,000 or less.
  3.  (A)成分のビニル当量が、250g/eq.以上3000g/eq.以下である、請求項1又は2に記載の樹脂組成物。 The vinyl equivalent of the component (A) is 250 g / eq. More than 3000 g / eq. The resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, which is as follows.
  4.  (A)成分は、3官能以上の化合物由来の構造と、2官能化合物由来の構造とが交互に結合した多分枝構造を有する、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the component (A) has a polytomically branched structure in which a structure derived from a trifunctional or higher functional compound and a structure derived from a bifunctional compound are alternately bonded. ..
  5.  (A)成分が、環状構造を含む、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the component (A) contains a cyclic structure.
  6.  3官能以上の化合物由来の構造が、環状構造を含む、請求項4に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 4, wherein the structure derived from the trifunctional or higher-functional compound includes a cyclic structure.
  7.  環状構造が、窒素原子を含む、請求項6に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 6, wherein the cyclic structure contains a nitrogen atom.
  8.  2官能化合物由来の構造が、環状構造を含む、請求項4に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 4, wherein the structure derived from the bifunctional compound includes a cyclic structure.
  9.  (A)成分の含有量が、樹脂組成物中の不揮発成分を100質量%としたとき、5質量%以上40質量%以下である、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the content of the component (A) is 5% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less when the non-volatile component in the resin composition is 100% by mass. thing.
  10.  (B)成分が、アリル系液状硬化剤、マレイミド系液状硬化剤、(メタ)アクリル系液状硬化剤、及びブタジエン系液状硬化剤から選ばれる少なくとも1種である、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 Any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the component (B) is at least one selected from an allyl-based liquid curing agent, a maleimide-based liquid curing agent, a (meth) acrylic-based liquid curing agent, and a butadiene-based liquid curing agent. The resin composition according to item 1.
  11.  さらに(D)重合開始剤を含む、請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, further comprising (D) a polymerization initiator.
  12.  さらに(E)エポキシ樹脂を含む、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11, further comprising (E) an epoxy resin.
  13.  樹脂組成物を190℃、90分間熱硬化させた硬化物の反り量が、1cm未満である、請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the amount of warpage of the cured product obtained by thermally curing the resin composition at 190 ° C. for 90 minutes is less than 1 cm.
  14.  樹脂組成物を200℃、90分間熱硬化させた硬化物の23℃における誘電率が、3.0以下である、請求項1~13のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the cured product obtained by thermally curing the resin composition at 200 ° C. for 90 minutes has a dielectric constant of 3.0 or less at 23 ° C.
  15.  樹脂組成物を200℃、90分間熱硬化させた硬化物の誘電正接が、0.004以下である、請求項1~14のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the cured product obtained by thermally curing the resin composition at 200 ° C. for 90 minutes has a dielectric loss tangent of 0.004 or less.
  16.  支持体と、該支持体上に設けられた、請求項1~15のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物を含む樹脂組成物層とを含む、樹脂シート。 A resin sheet comprising a support and a resin composition layer provided on the support and containing the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 15.
  17.  請求項1~15のいずれか1項に記載の樹脂組成物の硬化物により形成された絶縁層を含む、プリント配線板。 A printed wiring board including an insulating layer formed of a cured product of the resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 15.
  18.  請求項17に記載のプリント配線板を含む、半導体装置。 A semiconductor device including the printed wiring board according to claim 17.
PCT/JP2021/024644 2020-06-30 2021-06-29 Resin composition WO2022004756A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022534065A JP7414143B2 (en) 2020-06-30 2021-06-29 resin composition
CN202180042093.2A CN115698188A (en) 2020-06-30 2021-06-29 Resin composition

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020113525 2020-06-30
JP2020-113525 2020-06-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022004756A1 true WO2022004756A1 (en) 2022-01-06

Family

ID=79316521

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/024644 WO2022004756A1 (en) 2020-06-30 2021-06-29 Resin composition

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7414143B2 (en)
CN (1) CN115698188A (en)
WO (1) WO2022004756A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS62109810A (en) * 1985-11-06 1987-05-21 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Thermosetting resin composition
JPS63273643A (en) * 1987-05-02 1988-11-10 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Resin containing triazine ring
JPS63273644A (en) * 1987-05-02 1988-11-10 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Thermosetting resin composition
US6114489A (en) * 1997-03-27 2000-09-05 Herberts Gmbh Reactive hyperbranched polymers for powder coatings
JP2018083786A (en) * 2016-11-25 2018-05-31 Dic株式会社 Phenolic hydroxyl group-containing compound and resist material
JP2019172917A (en) * 2018-03-29 2019-10-10 旭化成株式会社 Polyphenylene ether, polyphenylene ether composition, curable composition, and method for producing polyphenylene ether
JP2020071262A (en) * 2018-10-29 2020-05-07 日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition for partition walls and cured product thereof and method for producing the same

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101733459B1 (en) * 2009-05-07 2017-05-10 닛산 가가쿠 고교 가부시키 가이샤 Triazine ring-containing polymer and film-forming composition comprising same
JPWO2019198607A1 (en) * 2018-04-09 2021-04-15 日本化薬株式会社 Alkenyl group-containing compound, curable resin composition and cured product thereof

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS62109810A (en) * 1985-11-06 1987-05-21 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Thermosetting resin composition
JPS63273643A (en) * 1987-05-02 1988-11-10 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Resin containing triazine ring
JPS63273644A (en) * 1987-05-02 1988-11-10 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Thermosetting resin composition
US6114489A (en) * 1997-03-27 2000-09-05 Herberts Gmbh Reactive hyperbranched polymers for powder coatings
JP2018083786A (en) * 2016-11-25 2018-05-31 Dic株式会社 Phenolic hydroxyl group-containing compound and resist material
JP2019172917A (en) * 2018-03-29 2019-10-10 旭化成株式会社 Polyphenylene ether, polyphenylene ether composition, curable composition, and method for producing polyphenylene ether
JP2020071262A (en) * 2018-10-29 2020-05-07 日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition for partition walls and cured product thereof and method for producing the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7414143B2 (en) 2024-01-16
CN115698188A (en) 2023-02-03
JPWO2022004756A1 (en) 2022-01-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7088105B2 (en) Resin composition, cured product of resin composition, resin sheet, printed wiring board and semiconductor device
JP7255081B2 (en) resin composition
JP7099128B2 (en) Resin composition
CN111548625B (en) Resin composition
JP7020332B2 (en) Resin composition
JP7444212B2 (en) resin composition
JP2021014545A (en) Resin composition
JP7222414B2 (en) resin composition
JP7287418B2 (en) resin composition
TW202140642A (en) Resin sheet provided with a support and a resin composition layer containing a resin composition and arranged on the support
JP7087780B2 (en) Resin composition
JP2023083345A (en) resin composition
JP7298383B2 (en) Resin composition, cured product of resin composition, resin sheet, printed wiring board and semiconductor device
JP2022022261A (en) Resin composition
WO2022004756A1 (en) Resin composition
JP7087912B2 (en) Resin composition
JP7243032B2 (en) resin composition
JP6927151B2 (en) Resin composition
JP2022077323A (en) Resin composition, cured product, resin sheet, printed circuit board, and semiconductor device
JP2021134299A (en) Resin composition
JP2021014546A (en) Resin composition
JP2020132676A (en) Resin composition
JP2021181557A (en) Resin composition
WO2022102757A1 (en) Resin composition
JP2022040214A (en) Resin composition

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21832188

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022534065

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21832188

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1